3. 通义品显示巴利原文
3. Sāmaññakaṇḍa
第一节 所简别过失品注释显示巴利原文
1. Visesyādhīnavaggavaṇṇanā
691 在即将阐述的通义品中,依次解说了诸品:以具足支分与副支分两者的简别词,如“美丽”等,它们依属于所简别、受制于所简别;与混杂而相互异类的意义,如实物、动作、功德等;以及多义的不变词,如“时”“颜色”等;还有如“长久”等的不变词。这些品又依前品为所依。例如,“美丽”等词以简别的方式与天、人等相联结,动作等则作为彼之所依,时等作为能诠,长久等则作为彼动作的简别。正因如此,此品共通,故称通义品。显示巴利原文
691.Iha vakkhamāne sāmaññakaṇḍe sāṅgopāṅgehi aṅgaupāṅgadvayasahitehi visesyādhīnehi visesyāyattehi visesanasaddehi sobhanādīhi saṃkiṇṇehi aññamaññavijātiyatthehi dabbakriyāguṇādīhi anekatthehi samayavaṇṇādīhi abyayehi cirassamādīhi ca kamā kamato vaggā kathyante, te ca pubbavaggasannissayā, tathā hi sobhanādayo devamanussādīsu visesanabhāvena sambandhā, kriyādayo tu tadādhāratāya, samayādayo vācakatāya, cirassamādayo taṃkriyāvisesanabhāvena, tatoyeva sādhāraṇattā sāmaññakaṇḍamidaṃ.
692 在此论中,性的决定大多依于词形变化,而在此品中亦大多依于词形变化。为消除误解,故说普遍法则:“功德”等。其意为:作为简别的一切功德词、实物词和动作词,正因依属于所简别,故不因词形变化而与简别词同性,例如:美丽的女子、美丽的男子、美丽的心。显示巴利原文
692. Iha satthe bhiyyo rūpantarā liṅgavinicchayo, so atrāpi vagge bhiyyo rūpantarāyevāti vippaṭipattinirāsatthaṃ byāpakanyāyamāha ‘‘guṇi’’ccādinā. Tassattho – visesanabhūtā sabbe guṇasaddā, dabbasaddā, kriyāsaddā ca visesyādhīnabhāvena hetunāyeva, na bhiyyo rūpantarāpi visesanasaddena samaliṅgino siyunti, yathā – sobhanā itthī, sobhano puriso, sobhanaṃ cittaṃ.
693-696 Subhantaṃ:在美丽中。Subha 意为美丽,加后缀 yu。Ruca 意为闪耀,加后缀 iro。Sādha 意为成就,加后缀 u。令心满足故为 manuñña(可意)。Ñā 意为计量、满足、观察,中间插入 u 音;或心极度满足故为 manuñña,此时切分为“mano añña”,发生省略。Cara 意为行、食,加后缀 ṇvu,心于此运行故为 cāru(可爱)。善被撕裂故为 sundara(美丽),dara 意为撕裂。Vagga 意为行,加后缀 u,构成 vaggu(优美)。心于此喜悦。Kamu 意为欲,加后缀 to。牵引心故为 hārī(迷人),加后缀 ṇī。Mana 意为知,加后缀 ju,或心于此奔驰故为 mañju(悦耳),省略 na。具可爱习性故为 pesala(柔和),piya 变为 pe,ī 变为 ssa。Bhadi 意为善,加后缀 do。Vā 意为行,加后缀 mo。Kala 意为计数,加后缀 yāṇo。令心增长故为 manāpa(适心),或心于此得满足故为显示巴利原文
693-696.Subhantaṃ sobhane. Subha sobhane, yu. Ruca dittiyaṃ, iro. Sādha saṃsiddhiyaṃ, u. Manaṃ tosetīti manuññaṃ. Ñā parimāṇatosananisāmanesu, antassukāro, manaṃ ā bhuso tosetīti vā manuññaṃ, tadā ‘‘mano añña’’nti chedo, ālopo. Cara gatibhakkhanesu, ṇvu, carati cittametthāti cāru. Suṭṭhu darīyate sundaraṃ, dara dāraṇe . Vagga gamane, u, vaggu. Mano ramati asmiṃ. Kamu icchāyaṃ, to. Harati cittaṃ hārī, ṇī. Mana ñāṇe, ju, mano javati yasmiṃ vā mañju, nalopo. Piyasīlayuttatāya pesalaṃ, piyassa pe, īssattaṃ. Bhadi kalyāṇe, do. Vā gatiyaṃ, mo. Kala saṅkhyāne, yāṇo. Manaṃ appeti vaḍḍhetīti manāpaṃ, mano appoti yasminti vā manāpaṃ, āpa pāpuṇane, apādipubbo ca. Labhitabbanti laddhaṃ, to, sakatthe ko. Subhatīti subhaṃ, sundarena sabhāvena bhavatīti vā subhaṃ.
Puṅgavantaṃ 于最上中。极度超出故为 uttama(最上),从 ubha 词、超出义,加最高级后缀 tama;或因最超出故为 uttama。Vara 于希求中,pavara(最胜)。在 iṭṭha 等缘中,vuḍḍha 变为 jā,jeṭṭha(最年长)。其始端为显著之面故为 pamukha(首要)。无有更上故为 anuttara(无上)。Pamukha 与 anuttara 并列复合。与 apa 等前缀连用的 vara。如面故为 mukhya(主要),于如义加 ya。保持故为 padhāna(根本),[后缀] yu。住于首要状态故为 pāmokkha(首领),两处皆增音。显著地给予故为 para(殊胜),[后缀] ṇo。应知为“最”故为 aggañña(应知为最),或应以“最”衡量故为 aggañña。Uttara 与 uttama 相似。被导至根本状态故为 paṇīta(精致),nī 引导,于业处加 ṇo。杀敌对者故为 parama(最胜),或于显著状态中喜悦故为 parama,[后缀] ṇo。在 iyiṭṭha 等中,pasattha 与 vuḍḍha 变为 so,seyyo(较好)、seṭṭho(最胜),因“kvacāsavaṇṇaṃ lutte”而变为 isse。引导村落故为 gāmaṇi(村长),因“tassīlādīsu ṇī tvāvī ca”加 ṇī,短音,gāmaṇi。因最寂静故为 sattama(第七),从 santato 加 tama,santassa 变为 so。被简别故为 visiṭṭha(殊胜),sisa 简别,[后缀] to。Ara 于行中,[后缀] ṇyo,插入 i 音,ariya(圣)。无有最故为 nāga(龙象),长音等,省略 ga。I 于行中,[后缀] ṇvu,变为 isse,不省略,eka(一);或因无相似而住于单一性故为 eka,[后缀] ko。高举敌对者故为 usabha(牛王),usa 燃烧,[后缀] abho。Aja 于行中,[后缀] a,ja 变为 go,双写,agga(最)。Muca 解脱,从低劣中等状态解脱故为 mokkha(解脱),[后缀] to,ta 变为 kho。或 mokkha 于解脱中,[后缀] a。达至根本状态故为 puṅgava(牛王),yadādi,此处省略 pukkha,pusa 于增长中,[后缀] alo,sa 变为 kho,非相同双写。这些 uttama 等词,无论复合或非复合,皆表最上义。然在《阿摩罗词典》中,nāga、usabha、puṅgava 仅在复合时表最上义。且说:显示巴利原文
Puṅgavantaṃ uttame, ubbhuto atyatthaṃ uttamo, ubhasaddato ubbhutatthato visesatthe tamo, uggatatamattā vā uttamo. Vara patthanāyaṃ, pavaro. Iṭṭhapaccaye vuḍḍhassa jādeso, jeṭṭho. Pakaṭṭhaṃ mukhaṃ ārambho assa pamukho. Natthi uttaro uttamo yasmā anuttaro. Pamukho ca anuttaro cāti dvando. Apādipubbe varo. Mukhamiva mukhyo, ivatthe yo. Padadhātīti padhānaṃ, yu. Pamukhabhāve tiṭṭhatīti pāmokkho, ubhayatrāpi vuḍḍhi. Pakaṭṭhaṃ rātīti paraṃ, ṇo. ‘‘Agga’’nti jānitabbanti aggaññaṃ, ‘‘agga’’nti pamānitabbanti vā aggaññaṃ. Uttaro uttamasadiso. Padhānabhāvaṃ nītaṃ paṇītaṃ, nī naye, kammani ṇo. Paraṃ paccanīkaṃ māretīti paramaṃ, pakaṭṭhabhāve ramatītivā paramaṃ, ṇo. Iyiṭṭhesu pasatthassa, vuḍḍhassa ca so, seyyo, seṭṭho ca, ‘‘kvacāsavaṇṇaṃ lutte’’ti isse. Gāmaṃ netīti gāmaṇi, ‘‘tassīlādīsu ṇī tvāvī cā’’ti ṇī, rasso, gāmaṇi. Santatamatāya sattamo, santato tamo, santassa ca so. Visesīyateti visiṭṭho, sisa visesane, to. Ara gamane, ṇyo, ikārāgamo, ariyo. Natthi aggo yasmā nāgo, dīghādi, galopo ca. I gatiyaṃ, ṇvu, isse, alopo ca, eko, sadisarahitatāya vā ekībhāve tiṭṭhatīti eko, ko. Ussāpeti paccanīketi usabho, usa dāhe, abho . Aja gamane, a, jassa go, dvittaṃ, aggo. Muca mocane, hīnamajjhimabhāvehi muccatīti mokkho, to, tassa kho. Mokkha mocane vā, a. Padhānabhāvaṃ gacchatīti puṅgavo, yadādi, pukkhalopyatra, pusa vuḍḍhimhi, alo, sassa kho, asarūpadvittaṃ. Ete cuttamādayo samāsagāpi asamāsagāpi uttamatthavācakā. Amarakose pana nāgosabhapuṅgavānaṃ samāsagatteyeva uttamatthavācakatā vuttā, vuttañca –
于复合词后分中,如“虎”“牛王”“牛”“象”等,在阳性词中,皆行于最胜义。
“狮子”“虎”“龙象”等,在阳性词中,皆行于最胜义。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Uttarasmiṃ pade byaggha-puṅgavo’sabhakuñjarā; Sīhasaddūlanāgādyā, pume seṭṭhatthagocarā’’ti .
其意为:虎等词,在持业释复合中作为后分时,行于最胜义之境,并成为前分的最胜义能诠,且为阳性,例如“人虎、牟尼牛王”等。狮等词,以野猪、红莲、负重者、英雄等为首,在持业释复合中作为后分时,即成为最胜义能诠,唯独阳性,如“释迦狮、诗人象、人虎、人野猪”等。显示巴利原文
Tassattho – byagghādayo kammadhārayasamāse sati uttarapadībhūtā seṭṭhatthavisayā pubbapadassa seṭṭhatthavācakā pulliṅgā ca bhavanti, yathā ‘‘purisabyaggho, munipuṅgavo’’iccādi. Sīhādayo, ādinā varāhapuṇḍarīkadhorayhasovīrādayo ca samāsagā kammadhārayasamāse uttarapadabhūtā seṭṭhatthavācakā pumeva bhavanti, yathā ‘‘sakyasīho, kavikuñjaro, purisasaddūlo, purisavarāho’’iccādi.
697 697. 于心与眼,能令喜悦生起的事物,称为 abyāseka(不杂染),亦名 asecana(不杂染)。因为不染污、不破坏眼与心,故为 abyāseka、asecana;或因为外来的其他滋味不杂染于此,故为 abyāseka、asecana。后缀为 ṇo 与 yu。显示巴利原文
697. Cittassa, akkhino ca pītijanakaṃ vatthu abyāsekaṃ, asecanañca nāma, na byāsiñcanti nakkharanti nayanamanāni yasmāti abyāsekaṃ, asecanañca, na byāsiñcanti ca yasmiṃ āgantukabhūtāni aññarasānīti vā abyāsekaṃ, asecanañca. Ṇo, yu ca.
六种,于可爱事物中。应被希求、应被寻求者,称为 iṭṭha(可爱),源于 isu(希求)与 isa(寻求),加后缀 to。达到美妙状态故,称为 subhaga(幸运),加 kvi。于心为善,或为心所爱故,称为 hajja(悦心),加 ṇo,省略 danta,dya 变为 jjo。应被怜爱、应被执取故,称为 dayita(所爱),加 to。valla(覆障),于业处加 abho。应被爱乐故,称为 piya(可爱),源于 pī(满足、喜爱),加 ṇyo,有短音变化等。显示巴利原文
Chakkaṃ iṭṭhe vatthumhi. Icchitabbaṃ, esitabbanti vā iṭṭhaṃ, isu icchāyaṃ, isa gavesane ca, to. Subhattaṃ gacchatīti subhagaṃ, kvi. Hadaye sādhu, hadayassa vā piyanti hajjaṃ, ṇo, dantassa lopo, dyassa jjo. Dayitabbaṃ ādātabbanti dayitaṃ, to. Valla saṃvaraṇe, kammani abho. Piyāyitabbanti piyaṃ,pī tappanakantīsu, ṇyo, rassādi.
698 698. 三种关于空无的意义。Tuca 在坏灭的意义中,加后缀 cho。Rica 在分离、混合的意义中,混合即掺杂,加后缀 to,自义则加 ko。suñña(空)是为了狗的利益,加后缀 yo,nya 变为 ñño;或者 suna 在行的意义中,加后缀 yo。两种关于无坚实的意义。Phala 在成就的意义中,加后缀 u 或 gu。前者在牛、马的意义中,为 pheggu(无坚实)。显示巴利原文
698. Tikaṃ tucche. Tuca vināse, cho. Rica viyojanasambajjhanesu, sambajjhanaṃ missanaṃ, to, sakatthe ko. Sunassa hitaṃ suññaṃ, yo, nyassa ñño, suna gatiyaṃ vā, yo. Dvayaṃ asāre. Phala nipphattiyaṃ, u, gu vā. Pubbatra gonto, asse, pheggu.
三支(论)清净。medha 在伤害、交战等意义中,有伤害、交战之义,由此得 mejjha,加 ṇya,jh 不变,形成不相似辅音重叠。Pu 在净化的意义中,加 ta,并有长音等变化。Vuḍḍhā(增长)有 ā 替换原始元音,并插入 i 音。二者在 aviruddha(不违逆)中:不违逆即 aviruddha,词根 radha 在伤害、过失、离去等意义中,加 ta。依“dhaḍhabhahehi dhaḍhā”规则,其 dha 变为 dha。Paṇa 在交易、称赞等意义中,加 ṇvu,以不违逆的称呼而不误导,故为 apaṇṇaka(无误)。显示巴利原文
Tikaṃ pavitte. Medha hiṃsāsaṅgamesu, medhīyate saṅgamīyate mejjhaṃ, ṇyo, jhassa jho, asarūpadvittaṃ. Pu pavane, to, dīghādi. Vuḍḍhāvādeso, ikārāgamo ca. Dvayaṃ aviraddhe. Na virajjhatīti aviraddho, radha hiṃsāparādhāpagamanesu, to. ‘‘Dhaḍhabhahehi dhaḍhā ce’’ti tassa dho. Paṇa byavahārathutīsu, ṇvu, viraddhavohārena na paṇāmetīti apaṇṇako.
699-701 699-701. 二者指出身、行为等方面无可指责者。以 upa、pa 为前缀的 kasa(刮擦、伤害),加 ta,依“sādisantapucchabhanjahaṃsādīhi ṭṭho”规则,其 sa 与随后的辅音变为 ṭṭha。显示巴利原文
699-701. Dvayaṃ jātyācārādinā anindite. Upubbo, papubbo ca kasa vilekhane, hiṃsāyañca, to, ‘‘sādisantapucchabhanjahaṃsādīhi ṭṭho’’ti sahādibyañjanena tassa ṭṭho.
应受谴责者,指因出身、行为等而受人非难之人。被轻视故,称为nihīna(卑劣),词根hā(舍弃)加ina,为长音。加前缀a等,则为hīna。lama(非难)加ṇvu,成lāmaka(卑劣)。kiṭa(行)加前缀pati表非难义,加ṭha,成patikiṭṭha(极卑劣)及nikiṭṭha。ittara一词,即表示卑劣义的本词。所谓“依出身、行为等为卑劣者”不应说,故为avajja(无可指责),此中a表其状态。vada(说、明辨)加ṇya,dy变为jj。从母胎所生者,为kucchita(从胎生者)。生于低下处者,为adhama(最劣),其间有o的替换。uma(非难)加a于业处,再加ka于自义,u变为o,成omaka(卑劣)。应被谴责者,为gārayha(应谴责),garaha(谴责)加ṇya,伴字母颠倒。显示巴利原文
Gārayhantaṃ jātyācārādinā nindite. Nihīyateti nihīno, hā cāge, ino, dīgho. Apādipubbe hīno. Lama nindāyaṃ, ṇvu, lāmako. Kiṭa gatiyaṃ, pati nipubbo tu nindāyaṃ, ṭho, patikiṭṭhaṃ, nikiṭṭhañca. Ittarasaddo lāmakatthavācako pāṭipadiko, ‘‘jātyācārādīhi nihīnoya’’nti avaditabboti avajjo, tabbhāvattho cettha akāro. Vada viyattiyaṃ vācāyaṃ, ṇyo, dyassa jjo. Kucchā sañjātā assa kucchito. Adhobhāge jāto adhamo, ossattaṃ. Uma nindāyaṃ, kamme a, sakatthe ko, usso, omako. Garahitabboti gārayho, garaha nindāyaṃ, ṇyo, vaṇṇavipariyayo.
二者,指与污垢相连者。因与污垢相连,故称malīna(染污),加ina,为长音。在表其状态之义中加ī,以masa为缘,称malīmasa(极染污)。kaccara(污秽)亦指为染污所坏者;行于卑劣者,亦名kaccara。显示巴利原文
Dvayaṃ malayutte. Malayuttatāya malīno, ino, dīgho. Assatthyatthe ī, masapaccaye malīmaso, kaccaraṃ, maladūsitampi, kucchitaṃ caratīti kaccaraṃ.
三足词,表广大义。braha(增长)属rājādi类,为brahā(广大)。maha(尊敬)加anta。pula(大),为vipula(广大)。sala(行)加ṇa,为visāla(广大)。patha(计量)加ula,有assu,成puthula(广大);于um中则为puthu(广大)。gara(浇灌)加u,为garu(重)。ara(行)加u,有assu,为uru(广大)。tanu(扩展)加ta,有iṇṇa替换,其ta变为tha,有assi,不相似辅音重叠,成vitthiṇṇa(广布)。显示巴利原文
Tipādaṃ vipule. Braha vuddhiyaṃ, rājādi, brahā. Maha pūjāyaṃ, anto. Pula mahatte, vipulaṃ. Sala gamane, visālaṃ, ṇo. Patha saṅkhyāne, ulo, assu, puthulaṃ, umhi puthu. Gara secane, u, garu. Ara gamane, u, assu, uru. Tanu vitthāre, to, iṇṇādeso, tassa tho, assi, asarūpadvittaṃ, vitthiṇṇaṃ.
vaṭhara 等词皆表“粗大”。构词如下:pī(满足、喜爱)加 ina;thūla(粗大)加 a;从 pī 词根衍生出 īvara,进而形成 pīvara(丰满)。以 la 为缘构成 thulla(粗大),有短音等音变。vada(说、明辨),说者即 vaṭhara(粗野语者),加 ara,其中 da 变为 ṭha。“粗大”之义,指肉体积聚、形体广大、伸展等。显示巴利原文
Vaṭharantaṃ thūle. Pī tappanakantīsu, ino. Thūla paribrūhane, a. Pīdhātuto īvaro, pīvaraṃ. Lapaccaye thullaṃ, rassādi. Vada viyattiyaṃ vācāyaṃ, vadatīti vaṭharaṃ, aro, dassa ṭho. Thūlamupacitamaṃsavipulāyatamaṃsādi.
二者皆指积聚。前缀 ā 与 ni 分别加在词根 ci(积聚)上,再加后缀 ta(用于业处),即成 ācita(积聚)与 nicita(积聚)。显示巴利原文
Dvayaṃ sannicite. Ānipubbo ci caye, kamme to, ācitaṃ, nicitañca.
702 第702偈释“一切处”:sabba(一切)源于 sarati(记忆),加 va,并发生短音及 va 的变化。以 sam 为前缀加词根 asu(舍弃),再加 ta,构成 samatta(完全);又或从 sama、tima(残缺,不完足)加 ta,亦得 samatta。na khiyati(不被耗尽)加 la,成 akhila(无缺),nikhila 同理。saka(能力)加 ala,或谓与各部分共存,故为 sakala(全体)。从剩余中脱离者,为 nissesa(无余)。kasa(行)加 ina,有 ṇa 音变,成 kasiṇa(遍)。毫无剩余为 asesa(无余)。与顶端相会为 samagga(和合)。于复合词中,依前述规则前置。ūna 即减损,无减损者加 ka,成 anūnaka(无减)。显示巴利原文
702. Siloko sabbasmiṃ. Saratīti sabbaṃ, vo, rassa ca vo. Saṃpubbo asu khepane, to, samattaṃ, atha vā sama tima vekallabye, to, samattaṃ. Na khiyatīti akhilaṃ, lo, akhilaṃ, nikhilañca tathā. Saka sattiyaṃ, alo, kalābhi avayavehi saha vattateti vā sakalaṃ. Sesato avasiṭṭhato niggataṃ nissesaṃ. Kasa gamane, ino, ṇattaṃ, kasiṇaṃ. Na sesaṃ avasiṭṭhaṃ asesaṃ. Aggena sikharena saṅgataṃ samaggaṃ. Kate samāse pubbanipāto abhidhānā. Ūna parihāne, na ūnaṃ asmiṃ anūnakaṃ, ko.
703 703. bahula等词表示众多。bhūri(众多)源于bhāveti、vaḍḍheti,即培育、增长;构成为词根bhū(存在)加ri,有长音等变化,词末转为短音;在ī中则为bhūrī,义为智慧。pahu(能力)加ta,插入u音;或以pa为前缀的hū(存在)加ta,取短音。paci(扩展)加ura,构成pacura(众多)。bhī(恐惧),因令人恐惧而派生bhiyya(更多),辅音重叠。sampahula(众多)源于sampahoti(能够圆满),加la。baha(增长)加u,成为bahu(多)。yebhuyya是表众多义的本词。bahula(众多)指在种种义中有所得者。显示巴利原文
703.Bahulantaṃ bahutte, bhāveti vaḍḍhetīti bhūri, bhū sattāyaṃ, ri, bhūri, dīghādi, rassanto, īmhi bhūrī, medhā. Pahu sattiyaṃ, to, ukārāgamo, papubbo hū sattāyaṃ vā, rasso. Paci vitthāre, uro, pacuraṃ. Bhī bhaye, bhāyati yasmāti bhiyyo, dvittaṃ. Sampahotīti sampahulaṃ, lo. Baha vuḍḍhiyaṃ, u, bahu. Yebhuyyasaddo bahulatthavācako pāṭipadiko. Bahū atthe lābhīti bahulaṃ.
二者指外部。生于外者称为bāhira(外部),加上词缀iraṇa。显示巴利原文
Dvayaṃ bahigate. Bahi jātaṃ bāhiraṃ, iraṇa.
704-706 704-706. 凡词义之量、尺度超过百等以上者,称为parosata等。以“ādi”含摄parosahassa等。超过百者为parosata。超过千者为parosahassa;此处para前置,parasadda有o音插入。pajja表少量。从四周截断者为paritta(少量)。sukha(乐受)即善行,善行即乐受,加uma。或suca(忧伤)。khuda(渴)加da,成khudda(微小)。thuca(明净)加ṇa。ala(装饰、足够、遮止)加pa,la变为pa,得appa(少)。kisa(变细)加ṇa。tanu(扩展)。ci(积聚)加ula,辅音重叠,为culla(小),在低处则为culla。mā(计量)加ta于chadādi类词;有短音等变化,为mattā(量),属阴性。lisa(微小)加a。lū(切断),被切断者为lava(片),加a。aṇa(行义)加u。kaṇa(声音)加a,为kaṇa(微尘)。lava等与kaṇa同为阳性,如《阿摩罗词典》所说:“pume lavalesak…”显示巴利原文
704-706.Yesaṃ padatthānaṃ mattaṃ pamāṇaṃ satādito paraṃ adhikaṃ bhavati, te parosatādī. Ādinā parosahassādi. Satato paro parosataṃ. Sahassato paro parosahassaṃ, parassa pubbanipāto abhidhānā parasaddā okārāgamo. Pajjaṃ appe. Parito attaṃ khaṇḍitaṃ parittaṃ. Sukha takriyāyaṃ, takriyā sukhanaṃ, umo. Suca socane vā. Khuda pipāsāyaṃ, do, khuddaṃ. Thuca pasāde, ṇo. Ala bhūsanapariyattinivāraṇesu, po, lassa po, appaṃ. Kisa tanukaraṇe, ṇo. Tanu vitthāre. Ci caye, ulo, dvittaṃ, cullaṃ, nīce pana cullo. Mā māne, chadādīhi to. Rassādi, mattā, itthiyaṃ. Lisa appībhāve, a. Lū chedane, luyateti lavo, a. Aṇa gatyattho, u. Kaṇa sadde, a, kaṇo. Lavādīhi saha kaṇo pume, vuttañca amarakose ‘‘pume lavalesakaṇāṇavo’’ti .
以下诸词表近处:水流聚合之处即是近处,加后缀‘阿西’。由‘巴达’等,通过‘亚达’等方式构成‘卡达’,加前缀‘尼’则为‘尼卡达’;或解作‘此中无有障碍遮隔’,故称‘尼卡达’,意为近处。从‘萨达’加后缀‘多’,成‘阿桑纳’,意为接近。‘接近喉咙’者,即‘伍帕卡塔’。按《多义摄》所载,‘卡塔’一词兼有‘喉咙’‘确定之处’‘声音’‘醉象之树’等义,然于此处,‘卡塔’乃‘卡塔’之替代形式,或为省略‘纳’音之结果。表‘趋近、靠拢’者,即‘阿比阿萨’;又据《拉巴萨》所云:‘阿比阿萨一词,阳性,兼有近处义与重复修习义。’‘与末端相合’,加同义后缀‘伊卡’,成‘桑提卡’,意为近旁。因与‘远离’相对,故名‘阿维杜拉’,意为不远。表示‘末端会合’者,加‘萨’之长音,及收摄音转为‘莫’,成‘萨曼达’,意为周围、邻近。又举‘桑尼卡塔’一词,由前缀‘桑’加‘卡塔’,仍表近处义,可以从词根‘卡萨’(表刮削义)加后缀‘多’构成;或另解为以‘萨’前缀加词根而成。‘达到近旁之状态’者,即‘伍潘’显示巴利原文
Ñattantaṃ samīpe. Saṅgatā āpo yasmiṃ samīpaṃ, āssī. Pādito yadādinā kaṭo, nikaṭo, natthi kaṭo āvaraṇaṃ etassāti vā nikaṭo. Sadasmā to, āsanno. Kaṇṭhaṃ samīpaṃ upagataṃ upakaṭṭho. ‘‘Kaṇṭho gale sanniṭṭhāne, sadde madanapādape’’ti hi nānatthasaṅgaho, idha pana kaṇṭhassa kaṭṭhādeso, ṇalopo vā. Abhyāsīdatīti abhyāso. ‘‘Abhyāso tu samīpamhi, pumā abhyasanepi ce’’ti rabhaso. Saha antena santikaṃ, sakatthe iko. Vidūrapaṭipakkhattā avidūraṃ. Saṅgataṃ antaṃ sāmantaṃ, sasaddassa dīgho, niggahītassa mo, saṃ nipubbopi kaṭṭhasaddo samīpatthoyevāti dassanatthaṃ udāhaṭaṃ, kasa vilekhane vā, to, sannikaṭṭhaṃ. Antikabhāvaṃ upagataṃ upantikaṃ. Saha kāsena vattate sakāsaṃ, kāsa dittiyaṃ. Antayogā antikaṃ, iko. Ñāyateti ñattaṃ, to, sakāsasaddena saniḍasadesasavidhasamariyādasavesāpi gayhanti. Saha niḍena, saha desena, saha vidhāya, saha mariyādāya, saha vesena vattateti viggaho, byuppattinimittaṃ, rūḷhīsaddā pana ete.
远量之词有二:‘以苦为不乐’者,即是远。前缀‘维帕’加‘卡塔’成词,表远处;加同义后缀‘科’,成‘维帕卡塔卡’。显示巴利原文
Dvayaṃ dūramatte. Dukkhena arati yaṃ dūraṃ. Vipapubbo kaṭṭhasaddo dūre, sakatthe ko, vippakaṭṭhakaṃ.
707 坚实之词有三:‘无有间隙孔穴’者,即是坚实。从词根‘哈纳’加后缀‘阿’,‘哈’转为‘伽’,成‘伽纳’。词根‘萨穆’表寂静义,加后缀‘多’,成‘桑达’。‘巴达’为稀疏。‘远离’者即是稀疏,加后缀‘阿’,音变而成。‘可爱、微少、少量’存在之处,即‘佩拉瓦’;‘皮亚’转为‘佩’,或由词根‘皮利’(表行进义)加后缀‘阿瓦’而成。‘塔努’等亦属微小之类。显示巴利原文
707. Tikaṃ ghane, natthi antaraṃ chiddaṃ yassa. Hanatismā a, hassa gho ca, ghanaṃ. Samu upasame, do, sandaṃ. Pādo viraḷe. Viramatīti viraḷaṃ, a, vaṇṇavikāro. Piyo lavo appo yasmiṃ pelavaṃ, piyassa pe, pili gamane vā, avo. Tanu appādīsupi.
二者为长。从词根‘亚塔’表境界义,成‘阿亚塔’。或从词根‘伊’表行进义,加后缀‘多’,属地等元素,转‘伊’为‘埃’‘阿亚’,成‘迪伽’等。词根‘迪’表灭尽义,转‘伽’,成‘迪伽’等。三词为圆。‘叶片从中生出’者,即‘尼塔拉’。词根‘瓦塔’表旋转义,成‘瓦塔’,如藤蔓等。加后缀‘乌拉’成‘瓦图拉’。显示巴利原文
Dvayaṃ dīghe. Yata āyatane, āyataṃ. I gamane vā, to, bhūvādi, isse, e aya, dīghādi. Di khaye, gho, dīghādi. Tikaṃ vaṭṭale. Niggataṃ talaṃ asmāti nittalaṃ. Vaṭṭa vaṭṭane, vaṭṭaṃ, latādi. Ulapaccaye vaṭṭulaṃ.
708 高举之顶端为高耸。词根‘奇’表积聚义,‘高举’者即‘乌奇’,加后缀‘阿’。‘向上伸展’者即‘温纳塔’。词根‘图贾’表伤害与破裂义,加后缀‘阿’,成‘通伽’。‘其顶端向上突出’者,即‘乌达伽’。‘向上安立’者,即‘乌奇塔’,词根‘西’表侍奉义,加后缀‘多’,‘萨’转‘查’,不相似辅音重叠,成‘乌奇塔’。‘尘土’亦属此类,‘其光辉显耀’者,即‘潘苏’。显示巴利原文
708.Ucchitantaṃ unnate. Ci caye, uccinotīti ucco, a. Unnamatīti unnato. Tuja hiṃsāyaṃ, phalane ca, a, tuṅgo. Uggataṃ aggaṃ assa udaggo. Uddhaṃ sito ucchito, si sevāyaṃ, to, sassa cho, asarūpadvittaṃ, ucchito. Paṃsupi, pakaṭṭho aṃsu ditti yassa paṃsu.
三词为矮小。‘不向上行进’者,即‘尼查’,词根‘安查’表行进义,加后缀‘诺’,‘阿’音与‘尼亚’音脱落,‘尼’字于此表否定。词根‘拉萨’表声音义,加后缀‘索’,成‘拉索’。词根‘瓦’表行进义,加后缀‘马诺’,成‘瓦马诺’。显示巴利原文
Tikaṃ vāmane. Uddhaṃ na añcatīti nīco, añca gamane, ṇo, akārañakārānaṃ lopo, nisaddo atra nisedhe. Rasa sadde, so, rasso. Vā gamane, mano, vāmano.
三词为正直。‘非弯曲、非扭曲’者,即‘阿金哈’。‘于彼中因不弯曲而显耀其功德’者,即‘帕古纳’。词根‘阿贾’表行进义,加后缀‘乌’,成‘阿苏’,再成‘乌朱’。显示巴利原文
Tikaṃ ujumhi. Na jimhaṃ kuṭilaṃ ajimhaṃ. Tasmiṃ avaṅkatāya pakaṭṭho guṇo yassa paguṇo. Aja gamane, u, assu, uju.
709 关于“弯曲”有六词。由词根“ala”加后缀“ara”,转“la”为“ḷa”。词根“vela”表行进,加后缀“ta”,辅音重叠等,“以异形行进”者,或为“vellita”,加后缀“ta”,词根“ila”表行进。词根“vaṅka”表弯曲,加后缀“a”。词根“kuṭa”表切割,加后缀“ila”,或词根“kuṭa”表弯曲义。词根“hā”表舍弃,加主动后缀“ma”,辅音重叠、音序转换等,成“jimha”。词根“kuñca”表弯曲,加后缀“ta”。“vakka”亦属此类,词根“vakka”表行进。显示巴利原文
709. Chakkaṃ vaṅke. Aladhātumhā aro, ḷattaṃ. Vela gamane, to, dvittādi, virūpena ilayatīti vā vellitaṃ, to, ila gamane. Vaṅka koṭilye, a. Kuṭa chedane, ilo, kuṭa koṭilye vā. Hā cāge, kattari mo, dvittaṃ, vaṇṇavipariyayādi, jimhaṃ. Kuñca koṭilye, to. Vakkampi, vakka gamane.
五词为恒常。词根‘杜’表住立、坚固、恒常义,加后缀‘阿’,‘乌’为替代音。‘于常住、恒常中存在’者,即‘萨萨塔’。‘恒常’已说。‘于一切时中存在’者,即‘萨达塔纳’。‘萨纳’一词表恒常义,为处格结尾的不变词,或为‘萨南’一词,‘于彼中存在’者,即‘萨南塔纳’,两处皆于存在义加后缀‘塔纳’,前加收摄音。显示巴利原文
Pañcakaṃ dhuve. Dhu gatitheriyesu, a, uvādeso. Sassate nicce bhavo sassato. Nicco vutto . Sadā kāle bhavo sadātano. Sanasaddo niccattho sattamyanto nipāto, sanaṃsaddo vā , tatra bhavo sanantano, ubhayatrāpi bhavatthe tano, pubbe niggahītāgamo.
710 以单一的有性等相遍一切时,如涅槃、虚空等,称为“峰立”。于幻、无常、机械等义中,“峰”字后文将述。“恒常不动而安立”,即“峰立”,譬如大山;犹如山峰恒永安立,故称“峰立”。显示巴利原文
710. Ekeneva bhāvādirūpena kālassa byāpako nibbānākāsādikūṭaṭṭhoti pakāsito. Māyāniccalayantādīsu kūṭaṃ vakkhati . Niccalo tiṭṭhatīti kūṭaṭṭho, pabbato, kūṭaṭṭho viya sadā tiṭṭhatīti kūṭaṭṭho.
二词表示轻快。Laṅgha 根表跳跃、移动、干涸,加 u,gh 变为 h,随韵消失,成为 lahu,亦作 laghu。前加 saṃ、后接 satthika-ka 时,则成 sallahuka。Tika 表计数。Khyā 表言说。Gaṇa 表计数。Mā 表衡量,一切处皆加 to。显示巴利原文
Dvayaṃ lahuke. Laṅgha gati sosanesu, u, ghassa hattaṃ, niggahītalopo, lahu, laghupi. Saṃpubbe, satthikakapaccaye ca sallahukaṃ. Tikaṃ saṅkhyāte. Khyā kathane. Gaṇa saṅkhyāne. Mā parimāṇe, sabbatra to.
711 Tika 表锋利。Tija 根表磨锐,加 ho,发生音变,成 tiṇha。Tija 根表磨锐,加 ina,ja 变为 kha,加 ṇa,成 tikhiṇa。Tija 根本身加 va,ja 变为 va,加 b,成 tibba。Tika 表暴烈。Caṇḍa 表忿怒,成 caṇḍa。Ujja 表力量、保护等,加 a,jja 变为 gga,成 ugga。Khara 表破坏,加 a,成 khara。显示巴利原文
711. Tikaṃ tikhiṇe. Tija nisāne, ho, vaṇṇavikāro, tiṇhaṃ. Tija nisāne, ino, jassa kho, ṇattaṃ, tikhiṇaṃ. Tijatoyeva vo, jassa vo, battaṃ, tibbaṃ. Tikaṃ caṇḍe. Caṇḍa kope, caṇḍaṃ. Ujja balapālanesu, a, jjassa ggo, uggaṃ. Khara vināse, a, kharaṃ.
四词,表移动。Gamu 表行走,加 dvittādi 等,成 jaṅgama。Cara 表行走,加 a,成 cara。Tasati 即移动,故 tasa,tasa 又表恐惧,恐惧即怖畏,亦表移动。Cara 加 bhis 成 caro,中间为长音,成 carācara;或于重复处加 rā 增音,成 carācara,一切处无后缀。Iṅga 亦同,iṅgati 故 iṅga,iṅga 表移动。显示巴利原文
Catukkaṃ jaṅgame. Gamu gamane, dvittādi, jaṅgamaṃ. Cara gamane, a, caraṃ. Tasati calatīti tasaṃ, tasa ubbege, ubbego bhayaṃ, calanañca. Carabhismā caro, majjhe dīgho, carācaraṃ, abbhāsante vā rāgamo, carācaraṃ, sabbatra apaccayo. Iṅgampi, iṅgatīti iṅgo, iṅga gamane.
712-713 712-713. 二词,表纯粹移动。Kampa 表摇动。Cala 表摇动,于一切处作者中加 yu。显示巴利原文
712-713. Dvayaṃ calanamatte. Kampa calane. Cala kampane, sabbatra kattari yu.
二词,表超出。Atiriccati 故 atiritta,rica 表分离、接受、移动等,加 to,属 bhujādi 类。Adhi eti gacchati 故 adhika,i 表移动,加 ka。显示巴利原文
Dvayaṃ adhike. Atiriccatīti atiritto, rica viyojanasampaṭicchanagatīsu, to, bhujādi. Adhi eti gacchatīti adhiko, i gamane, ko.
移动者之外,其余称为静止。因‘站立’(tiṭṭhati)而名为 thāvara,即词根 ṭhā(表站立、返回)加上 vara,经音变而成 thāvara,亦有人写作 ṭhāvara。显示巴利原文
Jaṅgamā pāṇito añño thāvaro nāma, tiṭṭhatīti thāvaro, ṭhā gatinivattiyaṃ, varo, vaṇṇavikāro, thāvaro, ṭhāvaropītyeke.
四词表示摇动不安。Lola 指疯狂。Cala 指摇动,加上 dvittādi 等后缀,成为 cañcala。Tara 表示漂浮、渡越,取其义而称 tarala。这些词也都仅表移动。显示巴利原文
Catukkaṃ lole. Lola ummādane. Cala kampane, dvittādi, cañcalaṃ. Tara plavanataraṇesu, taraṃ lātīti taralaṃ, ete calanamattepi.
四词表示‘旧’。于往昔(pure)存在者称为 purāṇa,如 yadādi 类后缀加 na,再转为 ṇa。于往昔(purā)存在者称为 purātana,加 tana 后缀。Sana 一词在此用作依格,表‘旧’义,是不变词。于彼处(tatra)存在者称为 sanantana,如前加上 sana 一词,或在彼处如前加上随韵增音。Cira 一词是不变词,此处取依格形式表‘旧’义,于彼处存在者称为 cirantana。另如 cirakāla 等,随韵消失。显示巴利原文
Catukkaṃ purāṇe. Pure bhavo purāṇo, yadādinā napaccayo, ṇattaṃ. Purā bhavo purātano, tanapaccayo. Sanaṃsaddo iha sattamyanto purāṇatthe nipāto. Tatra bhavo sanantano, pubbe viya sanaṃsaddo vā, tatrāpi pubbe viya niggahītāgamo. Ciraṃsaddo nipāto sattamyanto purāṇattho iha gayhate, tatra bhavo cirantano. Niggahītalopo cirakālādīsu.
四词,表“新”。Patito aggo yassa paccaggho,其中 g 变为 gh;或 bahuko aggho yassa paccaggho,因前缀与不变词具多义,此处 pati 声具多义。Nava 声于自义加 tana,且 nava 具 nu 之特相。Nava 本身即 abhinava,其中 nu 表赞叹,加 a,成 nava。显示巴利原文
Catukkaṃ abhinave. Patito aggo yassa paccaggho, gassa gho, bahuko vā aggho yassa paccaggho, anekatthattā hi upasagganipātānaṃ bahukattho ettha patisaddo. Navasaddāsakatthe tano, navassa nubhāvo ca. Navo eva abhinavo, nu thutiyaṃ, a, navo.
714-715 714-715. 五词,表“坚硬”。由 kantati 而成 kurūra,加 ūra,且 kanta 变为 kurā;或 kara 表“伤害”,加 ūra,加 assu。Kaṭha 表“艰难生活”,词根以 muddhaja 第二音结尾,加 ina,发生音变,亦作 kathina。Dala 表“撕裂”,加 ha,加 ḷa;或 baha 表“增长”,ba 变为 da,加 ḷ 结尾,成 daḷha;或 daha 表“烧灰”,加 a,加 ḷ 结尾。由 niṭṭhāti 而成 niṭṭhura,ṭhā 表“站立”、“返回”,加 ura。Kakkha 表“笑”,加 ala,加 ḷa。Kaṭhora、jaraṭha、muttima、mutta 亦复如是,其中 kaṭha 表“艰难生活”,加 ora。Jara 表“衰老”,属 bhūvādi 类,加 ṭha。Mutti 表“坚硬”,因与彼相应故成 muttima。无后缀则成 mutta。显示巴利原文
714-715. Pañcakaṃ kakkhaḷe. Kantatīti kurūraṃ, ūro, kantassa ca kurādeso, kara hiṃsāyaṃ vā, ūro, assu. Kaṭha kicchajīvane, muddhajadutiyanto dhātu, ino, vaṇṇavipariyaye kathinantipi. Dala vidāraṇe, ho, ḷattaṃ, baha vuddhimhi vā, bassa do, ḷanto ca, daḷhaṃ daha bhasmīkaraṇe vā, a, ḷanto ca. Niṭṭhātīti niṭṭhuraṃ, ṭhā gatinivattiyaṃ, uro. Kakkha hasane, alo, ḷattaṃ. Kaṭhoraṃ, jaraṭhaṃ, muttimaṃ, muttampi, kaṭha kicchajīvane, oro. Jara jīraṇe, bhūvādi, ṭho. Mutti kathinyaṃ, taṃyogā muttimaṃ. Apaccaye muttaṃ.
七词,表“末端”。Ama 表“移动”,加 ta,构成 anta,非阴性。有前缀 pari 者,为 pariyanta。有前缀 pa 者,为 panta。Pacchā 存在者,为 pacchima。Ante 存在者,为 antima,加 ima。Jaghane 善者,为 jighañña,加 ya,加 assi。Cara 声加 ima。Carima,或 cara 声加 ima。显示巴利原文
Sattakaṃ ante. Ama gamane, to, anto, anitthī. Paripubbo pariyanto. Papubbo panto. Pacchā bhavo pacchimo. Ante bhavo antimo, imo. Jaghane sādhu jighaññaṃ, yo, assi. Caratismā imo. Carimaṃ, carasaddā vā imo.
此四词表“第一”。“paṭhama”可解为:词根“pubba”(充满)加“a”;或“agga”(最胜)之义亦说于此。词根“paṭha”(言语明了)加“ama”,或“patha”(计数)加“ama”,经音变而成“paṭhama”,亦作“pathama”。“ādi”(等、始)由“取为第一、执为第一”之义,加“i”成阳性词;“so”声为标示“ādi”阳性之词。“purima”“purattha”亦然,于“存在”义加“ima”而成。显示巴利原文
Catukkaṃ paṭhame. Pubba pūraṇe, a. Aggaṃ seṭṭhepi vuttaṃ. Paṭha viyattiyaṃ vācāyaṃ, amo, patha saṅkhyāne vā, amo, vaṇṇavikāro, paṭhamaṃ, pathamantipi. Ādīyate paṭhamaṃ gaṇhīyateti ādi, i, pume, sosaddo ādissa pulliṅgattajotako, purimaṃ, puratthāpi, bhavatthe imatthā.
此词有二义:指“合适”者。所取之色为“相称”。就皮肤而言,为“适合、合适”(anucchavika),系于本义加“ka”后缀。显示巴利原文
Dvayaṃ anucchavike. Paṭiggahito rūpo patirūpo. Chaviyā anurūpaṃ anucchavikaṃ, sakatthe ko.
此词有二义:指“无意义”者。词根“mūha”(愚痴、种种)加“a”,“h”转为“gh”;或“无义”之义,于本义加“ka”后缀而成。显示巴利原文
Dvayaṃ niratthake. Mūha vecitte, a, hassa gho. Natthi attho yassa, sakatthe ko.
716 二义释:于“明显”中。殊胜的自我即为他所拥有,即是“明显”。Puṭa,于“开显”中;或puṭa,于“开敷”中。显示巴利原文
716. Dvayaṃ pākaṭe. Visiṭṭho attā yassa byattaṃ. Puṭa pakāsane, puṭa vikāsane vā.
三义释:于“柔软”中。Muda,于“喜悦”中,u;或muda,于“接触”中。可爱的善童子即为他所爱。Ku,于“声音”中;alo;且有manto。显示巴利原文
Tikaṃ mudumhi. Muda modane, u, muda saṃsagge vā. Sobhanaṃ kumāraṃ kanti yassa. Ku sadde, alo, manto ca.
二义释:于“根所取”中。Akkha即根,已至、已依止者;或以akkha已至,即现前;在作复合时,据所说,pati字置于前。根即眼等,以彼所取即为根所取。显示巴利原文
Dvayaṃ indriyaggayhe. Akkhaṃ indriyaṃ patigataṃ nissitaṃ, akkhena vā patigataṃ paccakkhaṃ, kate samāse patisaddassa pubbanipāto abhidhānato. Indriyaṃ cakkhādikaṃ, tena gayhaṃ indriyaggayhaṃ.
其二:于非现前。与现前相反者为非现前,如极微等。超越根的范围者为超根。显示巴利原文
Dvayaṃ apaccakkhe. Paccakkhaviparītaṃ apaccakkhaṃ, paramāṇvādi. Indriyaṃ atikkantaṃ atindriyaṃ.
717 四义:于“其他”义。Itara为名词,表其他义;或从idaṃ加taro表其他义,且删除daṃ。从añña加taro表自义。Eka亦用于最胜义。Añña为名词,其义已分化;或因不被了知而称为añña。显示巴利原文
717. Catukkaṃ aññatthe. Itarasaddo pāṭipadiko aññatthavācako, idaṃsaddā vā taro aññatthe, daṃlopo ca . Aññasaddā sakatthe taro. Eko seṭṭhepi vutto. Aññasaddo pāṭipadiko bhinnattho, na ñāyateti vā añño.
三义:于种种方式。具有众多方式者,称为多方式。具有种种方式者,称为种种。显示巴利原文
Tikaṃ nānappakāre. Bahavo vidhā pakārā assa bahuvidho. Vicittā vidhā yassa vividho.
于“无阻碍”中,此有二义。无有障碍与遮止者,是为无障碍。无有门闩者,是为无门闩。显示巴利原文
Dvayaṃ anivārite. Natthi bādho nisedho yassa abādhaṃ. Natthi aggaḷaṃ assa.
718 于“无伴”中,有四义。在无伴义上,由eka加ākī、cco、ko,而成ekākī、ekacco;在他义中,亦说ekako。Samā为同等义。显示巴利原文
718. Catukkaṃ asahāye. Asahāyatthe ekato ākī, cco, ko ca, ekākī, ekacco. Aññatthepi ekako vutto. Samā tulyatthā.
与多相关联之“共”等有二义。与共依而转,故为共(sādhāraṇa),如是等,于阴性为sādhāraṇī及sādhāraṇā。相同者即是共性(sāmañña),阳性,于阴性为sāmaññā。显示巴利原文
Anekasambandhini sādhāraṇādidvayaṃ. Saha ādhāraṇena vattatīti sādhāraṇaṃ, yadādi, thiyaṃ sādhāraṇī, sādhāraṇā ca. Samānameva sāmaññaṃ, yo, sāmaññā itthiyaṃ.
saṅkaṭa(狭窄、拥挤)有二义:一者,于狭窄空间中,即拥挤于其中;二者,从词干saṃ加kaṭa等构成,或意为与障碍共同转起,因为saṃ词具有“共同”之义。显示巴利原文
Dvayaṃ appāvakāse. Sambādhate asmiṃ, ro. Saṃsaddā kaṭo, yadādi, saṅkaṭaṃ, saha āvaraṇena vattatīti vā saṅkaṭaṃ, sahattho saṃsaddo.
719 『二』于次。『被取及相应』者,摄受物及相应本体。『下降及相应』者,下降且相称者,二字之间有相应。任何情况下均然。显示巴利原文
719.Vāmaṃ kaḷevaraṃ vāmakāyo sabyaṃ nāma. ‘‘Sabyaṃ vāme ca dakkhiṇe’’ti hi ajayo, sava gatiyaṃ, yo. Dakkhiṇaṃ kaḷevaraṃ apasabyaṃ, sabyato apagataṃ apasabyaṃ.
这是相反的二义。“违逆”(paṭikūla)即障碍、遮蔽,故称违逆;kūla词根意为遮蔽。而“非左”(apasabya)也用于指称右侧。显示巴利原文
Dvayaṃ viparīte. Paṭikūlati āvaratīti paṭikūlaṃ, kūla āvaraṇe. Apasabyaṃ dakkhiṇepi vuttaṃ.
难以通行的道路称为gahana(密林、险路),正如‘此武器是gahana’意谓难以越过。行进中能杀(hantī)者名为gahana,亦作gahaṇa,如yadādi等词形。词根kala意为行进,加ilo,或取其义kali(败坏),则成kalila(稠密)。显示巴利原文
Duradhigamanto pathaṃ gahanaṃ, yathā – gahanametaṃ satthaṃ, dubbivekamiccattho. Gacchantaṃ hantīti gahanaṃ, gahaṇampi, yadādi. Kala gamane, ilo, kaliṃ lātīti vā kalilaṃ.
720-721 此处说明‘二’的多种含义。‘高且低’合为uccāvaca(高低),是依主释。此词有多种破析。显示巴利原文
720-721. Dvayaṃ bahuppakāre. Uccañca taṃ avacañceti uccāvacaṃ, kammadhārayo. Bahavo bhedā assa.
关于tika:意指‘常入于水等’。词根saṅka,在saṅkāyaṃ上加to。词根kira,在抛掷、散布义上加to,发生iṇṇa音变。词根saṅka,在saṅkāyaṃ上加ulo,构成saṅkula(杂乱)。前缀saṃ-,用于家族延续义,加ro。显示巴利原文
Tikaṃ janādinirantaragate. Saṅka saṅkāyaṃ, to. Kira pakkhepavikkhipanesu, to, iṇṇādeso. Saṅka saṅkāyaṃ, ulo, saṅkulaṃ, saṃpubbo kula santāne vā, ro.
于‘巧者’为 siloko(颂体)。所作、所习、手、足、义,由此合成 katahattho。词根 kusa 于 silesane(切割)义,加 alo。其琴名 pakaṭṭhā。了知,故为 abhiñño。词根 sikkha 于 vijjopādāne(明生起)义,加 to。词根 puṇa 于 kammani subhe(净业)义,加 ro。词根 paṭa 于 gamane(去)义,加 u。词根 chidi 于 dvidhākaraṇe(令成二)义,kattari 加 a,dassa ko。词根 cata 于 yācane(乞求)义,加 uro。词根 dala 于 dittiyaṃ(第二)义,kho,lassa ko;词根 dakkha 于 vuḍḍhiyaṃ(增长)义,或加 a;词根 dakkha 于增长、伤害、去、速等义,亦加 a。词根 pisa 于伤害、力、施与、住处等义,加 alo,为 pesalo。katamukho、katīpi——kata 义为‘已习’,mukhaṃ(口)则未习。显示巴利原文
Siloko cheke. Kato abhyāsito hattho padattho yena katahattho. Kusa silesane, alo. Pakaṭṭhā vīṇā assa. Abhijānāti abhiñño. Sikkha vijjopādāne, to. Puṇa kammani subhe, ro. Paṭa gamane, u. Chidi dvidhākaraṇe, kattari a, dassa ko. Cata yācane, uro. Dala dittiyaṃ, kho, lassa ko, dakkha vuḍḍhiyaṃ vā, a, dakkha vuḍḍhihiṃsāgatisīghesu vā. Pisa hiṃsābaladānaniketanesu, alo, pesalo. Katamukho, katīpi, katasaddo abhyāsitattho, kataṃ abyāsitaṃ mukhaṃ upāyo anenāti katamukho. Kataṃ assatthīti katī.
于‘愚者’为第七类。词根 bala 于 pāṇane(活命)义,balatī(活),故称 bālo(愚者),意指唯依呼吸而活,非以智慧而活。词根 dā 于 kucchāyaṃ gatiyaṃ vā(子宫或行进)义,加 tu,双写,rasas 等变化。词根 jala 于 dhaññe(谷物)义,加 a,变为 ḷa。词根 mūha 于 vecitte(交易)义,加 lo,音变为 mūḷho。词根 manda 于 jaḷatte(迟钝)义。依愚性结合为 bāliso,加 iso。称 añño 者,虽如其本生,却不能了知,故为 añño。如其生,即如是而离,则为 yathājāto。显示巴利原文
Sattakaṃ bāle. Bala pāṇane, balatīti bālo, assāsitapassāsitamattena jīvati, na paññājīvitenātyattho. Dā kucchāyaṃ gatiyaṃ vā, tu, dvittaṃ, rassādi. Jala dhaññe, a, ḷattaṃ. Mūha vecitte, lo, vaṇṇavipariyayo, mūḷho. Manda jaḷatte. Bālyayogā bāliso, iso. Añño, yathājātopi, na jānātīti añño. Yādiso jāto viveko yathājāto.
722 于‘具福者’为第三类。其中有福德与善作者,名 puññavā、sukatī,加 vantu,以及 ī。财富、执取、获得,故称 dhañño,加 yo。‘大雄’一词有二义:大慧即大雄。‘大欲’亦有二义:大志亦是大欲。显示巴利原文
722. Tikaṃ bhāgyasampanne. Puññaṃ, sukatañca yasmiṃ atthi puññavā, sukatī, vantu, ī ca. Dhanaṃ gahaṇaṃ laddhoti dhañño, yo. Dvayaṃ mahāvīriye. Mahādhiti mahāvīriyo. Dvayaṃ mahicche. Mahāsayopi.
此处有二义:‘心多’与‘心胜’。凡具有心多、心胜者,名为hadayī、hadayālu;于bahule(多)取词缀ī,取词缀ālu,亦作suhadayo。显示巴利原文
Dvayaṃ bahulahadaye, pasatthahadaye ca. Hadayaṃ bahulaṃ, pasatthañca yassa hadayī, hadayālu ca, tabbahule ī, ālu ca, suhadayopi.
723 ‘喜心’有二义。如不死狮子(amarasīho)所说:‘喜心者、幻变者、度量者、喜意者’。‘忧心’亦有二义:其心为嗔或苦;其心为变异。亦作antamano。显示巴利原文
723. Dvayaṃ haṭṭhacitte. ‘‘Hāsamano vikubbāno, pamāno haṭṭhamānaso’’ti amarasīho. Dvayaṃ dummane. Duṭṭhaṃ, dukkhitaṃ vā mano yassa. Virūpaṃ mano yassa. Antamanopi.
‘多足者’为第四类。因了知求乞者之言,故称vadāniyo、vadaññū,其中,词缀为iyo与rū,前面añña的ā变为a,中间音节延长。于布施中,soṇḍo(好施者)即pasuto(勤行)。soṇḍa一词,有人谓源自majja(沉醉),此处亦取粗相义,因其布施有粗相故。显示巴利原文
Catukkaṃ bahuppade. Yācakānaṃ vadaṃ vacanaṃ jānātīti vadāniyo, vadaññū ca, iyo, rū ca, pubbatraññassa nādeso, majjhadīgho ca. Dāne soṇḍo pasuto. Soṇḍasaddotra majjamadetyeke, thūlalakkhopyatra, dānatthaṃ thūlaṃ lakkhaṃ assa.
724 Siloko(颂体)表“明显者”。词根 khyā 加 to,表“显现”。前缀 pati 加词根 i 再加 to,表“去”;迎面而来,故称 patīto。词根 ñā 加 to,表“觉了”,故有 paññāto、abhiññāto。词根 patha 表“宣说”。词根 su 加 to,若取“道与慧”之义,则有 suto、vissuto;若取“听闻”之义,则用于作业处。词根 vida 表“智”,故有 vidito。词根 sidhu 加 to,表“成就”;或词根 sidha 表“成就”。词根 kaṭa 取“道”义,以“见”故称为 kaṭa,由此得 pākaṭo,前缀元音延长。显示巴利原文
724. Siloko pākaṭamatte. Khyā pakāsane, to. Patipubbo i gamane, to. Abhimukhaṃ etīti patīto. Ñā avabodhane, to, paññāto, abhiññāto ca. Patha khyāne. Su gatibuddhīsu, to, suto, vissuto ca, su savane vā, kamme to. Vida ñāṇe, vidito. Sidhu saṃrādhe, to, sidha saṃsiddhiyaṃ vā. Kaṭa gatiyaṃ, dassanaṃ kaṭatīti pākaṭo, upasaggassa dīgho.
725 “三足”表自在者。Īsa(自在)表自在义,īsati(他自在)即 issaro(自在者),加上 aro,有词首缩短等,并出现双音化。Nī(引导)表引导义,加 ṇvu 成 nāyako(引导者)。拥有自有之财者即 sāmī(主人),有长音等变化,词尾缩短时亦作 sāmi。Pā(保护)表保护义,加 ti,有缩短等,成 pati(主)。加前缀 adhi,成 adhipati(主宰)。Īsa(自在)表自在义,加 a 成 īso(自在者)。他能生起故,为 pabhu(主),加 u,亦作 pabhū。Aya(行走)表行走义,加 yo 成 ayyo(尊者)。他能超越故,为 adhipo(主),加 ro。他能胜伏故,为 adhibhū(胜伏者),加 kvi。Nī(引导)表引导义,加 ritu 成 netā(引导者)。显示巴利原文
725. Tipādaṃ issare. Īsa issariye, īsatīti issaro, aro, rassādi, dvittaṃ. Nī naye, ṇvu, nāyako. Saṃ dhanaṃ assatthīti sāmī, dīghādi, rassante sāmipi. Pā rakkhaṇe,ti, rassādi, pati. Adhipubbe adhipati. Īsa issariye, a, īso. Pabhavatīti pabhu, u, pabhūpi. Aya gamane, yo, ayyo. Adhipātīti adhipo, ro. Adhibhavatīti adhibhū, kvi. Nī naye, ritu, netā.
“三词”表多财者。堪受财富者即 ibbho(富者),加 vo,伴有字母变换。Jhe(思维)表思维义,加 a,他思维财富者即 aḍḍho(富者),其中 jh 变为 ḍh,有非同类双音,并有词首缩短等。Dhanā(财富)表超越义,加 ī,成 dhanī(富者)。显示巴利原文
Tikaṃ bahudhane. Ibhaṃ arahatīti ibbho, vo, vaṇṇavipariyayo. Jhe cintāyaṃ, a, ajjhāyati dhanaṃ aḍḍho, jhassa ḍho, asarūpadvittaṃ, rassādi ca. Dhanā atisaye ī, dhanī.
726 Dvayaṃ dakkhiṇeyye(关于“应受供养者”的二词释)。由“堪受布施”(dānaṃ paṭiggaṇhituṃ arahati)而成 dānāraho(应供者)。词根 dakkha 有增长、迅速之义;dakkhanti 指依财富成就等而得增长者,此即 dakkhiṇā(供养);iṇo, taṃ arahatī——意为此供养之应受者,即 dakkhiṇeyyo(应受供养者)。显示巴利原文
726. Dvayaṃ dakkhiṇeyye. Dānaṃ paṭiggaṇhituṃ arahatīti dānāraho, dakkha vuddhiyaṃ, sīghatthe ca, dakkhanti bhogasampadādīhi yāya, sā dakkhiṇā, iṇo, taṃ arahatīti dakkhiṇeyyo.
Dvayaṃ snehavati(关于“有润泽”的二词释)。词根 siniha 有润泽、喜爱之义;加后缀 dho,其中 h 变为 d,故成 siniddho(润泽的)。如言“有犊之润泽”(vaccho sineho yassa atthi),即 vacchalo(慈爱者),加 lo 后缀。显示巴利原文
Dvayaṃ snehavati. Siniha pītiyaṃ, dho, hassa do, siniddho, vaccho sineho yassatthi vacchalo, lo.
Pamāṇiko parikkhako(衡量者、审查者)。以种种标准审察、确定义理(parikkhate avadhārayate pamāṇehi atthaṃ),故名 parikkhako(审查者)。词根 ikkha 有见等义,加 ṇvu 后缀。知其因(kāraṇaṃ jānāti)者,即 kāraṇiko(知因者),加 iko 后缀。显示巴利原文
Pamāṇiko parikkhako, parikkhate avadhārayate pamāṇehi atthanti parikkhako, ikkha dassanaṅkesu, ṇvu. Kāraṇaṃ jānātīti kāraṇiko, iko.
Dvayaṃ āsatte(二词,于执着者)。Sanja(附着)为于执着之义,故称saṅge(于执着)。Taṃ taṃ vatthu paraṃ padhānaṃ assa(以彼彼事为最上者),即 tapparo(专务于彼者)。显示巴利原文
Dvayaṃ āsatte. Sanja saṅge, to. Taṃ taṃ vatthu paraṃ padhānaṃ assa tapparo.
727 Tikaṃ kāruṇike(三词,于悲悯者)。Karuṇā sīlaṃ assa(以悲为性者),即 kāruṇiko(悲悯者)。Dayā karuṇā yassatthi(具足慈与悲者),即 dayālu(慈悯者),词缀为ālu。Dukkhitesu suṭṭhu ramatī(于苦者善为安住者),即 sūrato(善乐者),此处有前缀的长音。显示巴利原文
727. Tikaṃ kāruṇike. Karuṇā sīlaṃ assa kāruṇiko. Dayā karuṇā yassatthi dayālu, ālu. Dukkhitesu suṭṭhu ramatīti sūrato, upasaggassa dīghatā.
Iṭṭhatthe abhimatappayojane uyyuto puggalo ussuko nāma(于所希求之义、所喜乐之事精勤之人,名为ussuko);或解为uṭṭhānaṃ suṭṭhu kāyatī(他善作精进),故称 ussuko(精勤者);hasādyanuṭṭheyaṃ(此为应随喜等事)。显示巴利原文
Iṭṭhatthe abhimatappayojane uyyuto puggalo ussuko nāma, uṭṭhānaṃ suṭṭhu kāyatīti ussuko, hasādyanuṭṭheyaṃ.
Yo ālasyāvasādīhi anutiṭṭhati, so dīghasutto(凡因懈怠沮丧等而随行者,彼为长眠者),dīghañca taṃ suttañca, tamiva caratīti dīghasuttaṃ(长且彼为睡眠,如彼而行故为长眠),dīghasuttapariyantikaṃ kāriyaṃ karotīti dīghasutto(作以长眠为终之事者为长眠者)。Cirena kriyānuṭṭhānaṃ assa(他有迟缓的行动执行)。显示巴利原文
Yo ālasyāvasādīhi anutiṭṭhati, so dīghasutto, dīghañca taṃ suttañca, tamiva caratīti dīghasuttaṃ, dīghasuttapariyantikaṃ kāriyaṃ karotīti dīghasutto. Cirena kriyānuṭṭhānaṃ assa.
728 二词皆表属他之义。依附于他、或由他人所支配者,即parādhīno(他属者);其词根内部不带‘自’义,如ino等。Paratanto(他依者)、paravā(他有他者),亦有attavā(有自我者)——因执持故为tanto,‘tanta’为维持家计之义,加a,意为以他为执持者、决定者。他者为殊胜导师,而自我亦存,故为paravā(他有他者)及attavā(有自我者),加vantu(具格后缀)。显示巴利原文
728. Dvayaṃ parāyatte, parasmiṃ, parena vā adhīno parādhīno, ajhantā sakatthe ino yadādinā. Paratanto, paravā, attavāpi , tantayatīti tanto, tanta kuṭumbadhāraṇe, a, paro tanto niyāmako yassa. Paro seṭṭho nāyako, attā ca atthīti paravā, attavā ca, vantu.
于属他性等共有四词。‘Yata’为努力之义,前缀‘ā’表自在之状态,加to。与边缘、邻近俱在者,即是santako(己有者),‘ka’具自义。被执取、被当作‘自己’而对待者,即是pariggaho(摄受者)。已得ino为主宰,由此故谓adhīno(属他者)。显示巴利原文
Āyattatāmatte catukkaṃ. Yata payatane, āpubbo avasībhāve, to. Antena samīpena sahāti santako, sakatthe ko. Pariggayhate ‘‘saka’’nti karīyateti pariggaho. Adhigato ino pabhū yenāti adhīno.
Sena attanā īritaṃ sīlaṃ assāti serī(以自己所说为性者即 serī),tasmiṃ serini ca sacchando vattati(于彼 serī 中自有欲求而行),sassa attano chando yassatthīti sacchando(他有自己之欲求者即 sacchando),a。Savaso(自在者),sayaṃvasī(自住者),niravaggahopi(亦无障者)。显示巴利原文
Sena attanā īritaṃ sīlaṃ assāti serī, tasmiṃ serini ca sacchando vattati, sassa attano chando yassatthīti sacchando, a. Savaso, sayaṃvasī, niravaggahopi.
729 凡不先审察功德与过失便贸然行事者,即是卑劣之人;如同处在不净之处中的卑劣者。显示巴利原文
729. Guṇadose anisamma anupaparikkhitvā yo karoti, so jammo, jama adane, mo.
“极度渴爱者”有两种词形。词根lubh意为贪求,取词缀a,双写辅音,bh音转为p,即成lolupo,亦可作lolubho。显示巴利原文
Dvayaṃ atitaṇhe. Lubha lobhe, a, dvittaṃ, bhassa po, lolupo, lolubhopi.
此处分说“贪婪者”的三种词形。词根√gidh 表“渴望”,加词尾 to;词根√lubh 表“贪求”,加词尾 to;词根√lul 表“疯狂”,加词尾 a,成 lolo。然则,大渴爱者、极度渴爱者与贪婪者有何差别?大渴爱者欲求种种所缘;极度渴爱者于同一所缘亦反复渴求,且更增贪求;贪婪者则兼具二者。此即他们之差别。显示巴利原文
Tikaṃ luddhe. Gidha abhikaṅkhāyaṃ, to. Lubha giddhiyaṃ, to. Lola ummādane, a, lolo. Atha mahātaṇhātitaṇhagiddhānaṃ ko bhedo? Mahātaṇho nānārammaṇaṃ icchati, atitaṇho ekasmimpi ārammaṇe anekavāraṃ, adhikañca tasati, giddho pana ubhayathāpīti ayametesaṃ viseso.
凡于诸行迟缓者,彼为迟钝者。词根「昆塔」表示阻碍及懈怠,取「阿」词尾。显示巴利原文
Yo kriyāsu mando, so kuṇṭho, kuṇṭha paṭighāte, ālasye ca, a.
730 关于“欲乐者”的五种词形。词根√kam 表“欲求”,属促发语基,加 ritu 词缀,得 kāmayitā;省略 ri 音,则得 kamitā。加 yu 词缀,得 kāmano,亦可作 kamanopi。加 ṇī 词缀,得 kāmī。加 ṇuka 词缀,得 kāmuko。此处尚有 anuko——词根 anukam(随欲)加 kvi 词缀,成 anuko。词根 abhikam(极欲)加 kvi 词缀,成 abhiko。亦见 atiko 等。显示巴利原文
730. Pañcakaṃ kāmake. Kamu icchāyaṃ, curādi, ritu, kāmayitā, kāritalope kamitā. Yumhi kāmano, kamanopi. Ṇīpaccaye kāmī, ṇukapaccaye kāmuko, anuko, abhikopyatra, anukāmayate anuko, kvi. Abhikāmayate abhiko, kvi. Atikopi.
关于“醉者”的两种词形:“孙达”(suṇḍā)指酒,于彼善巧者称为“孙多”(soṇḍo);或“孙达”指酒肆,生于彼处或住于彼处者亦称为“孙多”。词根“马达”(mada)表示迷醉,取“多”(to)语尾,得“乌卡多”(ukkaṭo),又作“基沃”(khivopi)。因酒而兴奋者称为“乌卡多”,依“亚达”(yadā)等规则加“乌”(u)转为“卡多”(kaṭo),表迷醉义。词根“基瓦”(khiva)表示迷醉,取“阿”(a)语尾。显示巴利原文
Dvayaṃ matte. Suṇḍā surā, tatra kusalo soṇḍo, pānāgāraṃ vā suṇḍā, tatra bhavo, ṭhitaṃ vā soṇḍo. Mada ummāde , to. Ukkaṭo, khivopi, madena uddhato ukkaṭo, yadādinā uto kaṭo mattatthe . Khiva made, a.
关于“顺从语者”的三种词形:于进止之事能受教令者,称为“维迭约”(vidheyyo),取“伊约”(iyyo)语尾。受教示者,或因恭敬而听受者,称为“阿萨沃”(assavo),取“阿”(a)语尾,有短音等变化。善妙之语于阿阇梨等处以此为因者,称为“苏巴科”(subbaco)。又作“持律者”(vinayaggāhī),以受持律仪之教诫禁制语为性者,称为“持律者”。显示巴利原文
Tikaṃ vacanakārini. Pavattinivattīsu vidhātuṃ sakyo vidheyyo, iyyo. Ādesitaṃ, ādarena vā suṇotīti assavo, rassādi, a. Sundaraṃ vaco ācariyādīnaṃ etasmiṃ hetubhūteti subbaco. Vinayaggāhīpi, vinayaṃ vidhipaṭisedhavacanaṃ gahetuṃ sīlo vinayaggāhī.
731 刹那生起之智为“辩才”,具足彼者称为“帕嘎波”(pagabbho);或因其能迅速含藏,故称“帕嘎波”,词根“嘎巴”(gabbha)表示含藏。显示巴利原文
731. Taṅkhaṇuppattiñāṇaṃ paṭibhā, tāya yutto pagabbho, sīghameva gabbhatīti pagabbho, gabbha dhāraṇe.
关于「怖畏者」有三种词形。以怖畏为性者名为「怖性者」(bhīsīlo)。怖畏者名为「比鲁」(bhīru),词根「比」表怖畏,取「鲁」词缀。取「鲁卡」词缀而成「比鲁科」(bhīruko),或于自义加「科」音。显示巴利原文
Tikaṃ bhīruke. Bhī bhayaṃ sīlo yassa bhīsīlo. Bhāyatīti bhīru, bhī bhaye, ru. Rukapaccaye bhīruko, sakatthe vā ko.
关于「非勇者」有二种词形。非勇者,即不勇猛者,名为「阿维罗」(avīro)。因更为卑劣故,名为「卡塔罗」(kātaro),「库」音转为「卡」。显示巴利原文
Dvayaṃ asūre. Na vīro sūro avīro. Kucchitatarattā kātaro, kussa kādeso.
关于「害性者」有二种词形。以杀害为性者名为「害性者」(hiṃsāsīlo),亦名「伽图科」(ghātuko),取「乌科」词缀,「汉」音转为「伽」。亦名「萨拉鲁」(sarāru),即害者。显示巴利原文
Dvayaṃ hiṃsāsīle, hananasīlo hiṃsāsīlo, ghātuko, uko, hanassa ghāto. Sarāru, hiṃsopi.
732 关于含有忿怒义的三种词形:词根 kudha(忿怒)加 yu 词缀,构成 kodhano,即性常忿怒者。词根 dusa(瞋恚)加 yu 词缀,构成 dosano,即瞋恚者、有对碍者。词根 kupa(忿怒)加 ṇī 词缀,构成 kopī,意为忿怒者。此外还有 amarisano,由表示不忍的词根 marisa 加上否定前缀等构成,指无有忍受、不能安忍的人。显示巴利原文
732. Tikaṃ kodhayutte. Kudha kope, kujjhanasīlo kodhano, yu. Dusa dose, dosano, paṭigho , yu. Kupa kope, kupatīti kopī, ṇī. Amarisanopi, natthi marisanaṃ khamā assa amarisano, marisa asahane.
两个表示极度愤怒的词:词根 caṇḍa(忿怒)加 a 词缀,构成 caṇḍo,即暴恶者。极度愤怒者称为 accantakodhano。与此相同,accantakopanopi 也是由词根 kup(忿怒)加 yu 词缀构成的极度愤怒者。显示巴利原文
Dvayaṃ adhikakodhayutte. Caṇḍateti caṇḍo, a, caṇḍa kope. Atirekaṃ kujjhatīti accantakodhano. Accantakopanopi, tadā kupato yu.
五个有关忍耐的词:词根 saha(忍)加 yu 词缀;词根 khamu(安忍)加 yu 词缀;又如教导中所说“你们是忍辱者”的 khantā;拥有 titikkhā(忍辱)者即是 titikkhavā;以 mantu 词缀构成 khantimā(具忍辱者),其中带有格尾的 ntussa 变化为 ā。显示巴利原文
Pañcakaṃ khantiyutte. Saha khamane, yu. Khamu sahane, yu. Tumhi khantā, satthādi. Titikkhā yassatthīti titikkhavā. Mantumhi khantimā, savibhattissa ntussa ā.
733 733. 两个与信心相关。Hi 是填充词。有信心者,称为 saddhālu。信心是指对三宝等的净信、渴爱与恭敬。两个与旗帜相关。在标志和幡旗中,旗帜也指肿胀和酒商;其中‘肿胀’为阳性。显示巴利原文
733. Dvayaṃ saddhāyutte. Hi padapūraṇe. Saddhā yassatthīti saddhālu. Saddhā ratanattayādīsu pasādo, taṇhā, ādaro ca. Dvayaṃ dhajayutte. Cihane ca paṭākāyaṃ, dhajo sophe ca soṇḍike, sopho pulliṅgaṃ.
两个与嗜睡习性有关。以睡眠为习性者,称为嗜睡者。两个与光辉有关。‘Bhā’表照耀,带 sarapaccayo,有 rassādi 及双写,构成 bhassaro;或以‘bhāsā 为乐者’理解,仍是 rassādi 等。若 sassa 无双写,则为 bhāsuro,assu,或从‘bhāsa 于照耀’得 uro。又或两个与多语有关:于一切众多言语中喜乐者,即 bhassaro,kvi;或说话者,即 bhassaro,aro,有 rassādi 及双写;或于言语中喜乐者,即 bhāsaro,kvi,中音 rasso;或说话者,即 bhāsaro,aro,此情形下无 assuttā。显示巴利原文
Dvayaṃ niddāsīle. Niddā eva sīlaṃ yassa so niddāsīlo. Dvayaṃ pabhāyutte. Bhā dittimhi, sarapaccayo, rassādi, dvittañca, bhassaro, bhāsā rati yassāti vā bhassaro, rassādi eva. Sassa dvittābhāve bhāsuro, assu, bhāsa dittiyaṃ vā, uro, atha vā dvayaṃ bahukathāyutte, bhāsāsu sabbāsu bahūsu kathāsu ramatīti bhassaro, kvi, bhāsatīti vā bhassaro, aro, rassādi, dvittañca, bhāsāsu ramatīti vā bhāsaro, kvi, majjharasso, bhāsatīti vā bhāsaro, aro, imasmiṃ pakkhe assuttābhāvo.
734 734. 三词关于裸体者。‘不行走’者即 naggo,双写;或由 lagga(执着)表示,nattaṃ;或由 naji laji(洞穴),ṇo,j 变为 g,双写。以方位为衣者,即不以自然衣为衣者,名为 digambaro,s 变为 g。无衣者,或 digambarā 衣者,也就是外道或无衣者,这两种都称为裸体者,或称为裸体者们,如‘te itthikhyā po,七论为阿毗达摩’等,因为 saññāsaññī 等词有数的变化。裸体者与裸体者,即是裸体者们;前一种情形则因共性而以单数表述。显示巴利原文
734. Tikaṃ nagge. Na gacchatīti naggo, dvittaṃ, lagga saṅge vā, nattaṃ, naji laji bile vā, ṇo, jassa go, dvittaṃ. Disā eva ambaraṃ vatthaṃ etassa, na pakativatthanti digambaro. Sassa go. Natthi vatthaṃ etassa, atha vā digambarā vatthā, aññatitthiko avattho cāti ete dve naggo nāma, naggā nāmāti vā, ‘‘te itthikhyā po, satta pakaraṇāni abhidhammo nāmā’’tyādīsu viya saññāsaññīsaddānaṃ vacanabhedassāpi sambhavato. Naggo ca naggo ca naggā, purimasmiṃ pakkhe pana sāmaññatāya ekavacananiddeso.
两词指贪食者。ghasa 是“吃”义,加 maro,成 ghasmaro;bhakkha 是“吃”义,加 ṇvu。显示巴利原文
Dvayaṃ bhakkhake. Ghasa adane, maro, ghasmaro. Bhakkha adane, ṇvu.
不善说与听者,即于言语和听闻不善巧者,名为 eḷamūgo。其中 eḷo 为聋,mūgo 为哑,构成持业释;奸诈者也称为 eḷamūgo。显示巴利原文
Vattuṃ sotuñca akusalo, vacane savane ca akusalo eḷamūgo nāma, eḷo badhiro, mūgo avacano, kammadhārayo, saṭhepi eḷamūgo.
735 735. Mukhara 等三词为说不可爱语者。于“不孕”等词中有“口”义,于诽谤义中加 ro。有被诽谤之口者,名 dummukho。有不加约束、无闩之口者,名 abaddhamukho。显示巴利原文
735.Mukharādayo tayo appiyavādini. Vājhāvājhesu mukhaṃ assatthi, nindāyaṃ ro. Ninditaṃ mukhaṃ yassa dummukho. Abaddhaṃ anaggaḷaṃ mukhaṃ yassa abaddhamukho.
多言而所说应受呵责者,彼名为 vācālo。语恶者,即是 vācālo,此中‘lo’表诽谤义。显示巴利原文
Bahu ca gārayhañca vaco yassa so vācālo nāma. Kucchitā vācā assa santīti vācālo, nindāyaṃ lo.
此二词与‘善说者’有关。‘说者’即 vattā,用于赞叹义时则为 tu。‘说者’即 vado,其中 so 为添补词。显示巴利原文
Dvayaṃ suvacane. Vadatīti vattā, pasaṃsāyaṃ tu. Vadatīti vado. So padapūraṇe.
736 736. 三词关于自身所属。应被导引者称为 niyo,niyo 即 nijo;‘nī’表引导,代词 ṇyo,其 y 变为 jo;或依‘于近处生起’之义,乃名 nijo。‘自己的’为 sako,此处 ko 表‘自己的’义,如此 sako 即谓自己的;或 s 转为 ayaṃ sako,加 ṇo。于自身中生起者,名为 attaniyo,加 aniyo。显示巴利原文
736. Tikaṃ attaniye. Netabboti niyo, niyo eva nijo, nī naye, ṇyo, yassa jo, samīpe jāyatīti vā nijo. Sassa attano ayaṃ sako, idamatthe ko, so eva vā sako, sassāyaṃ sako, ṇo. Attani jāto attaniyo, aniyo.
关于“acchariya”(稀有)有三种解释。其一,前缀“vi”加词根“pū”(尊敬),依“bhū”类词根加后缀“ṇya”,删略“m”,表示惊讶。其二,前缀“ā”加词根“cara”(行、食),加后缀“a”,“cara”变为“cchariya”,并伴有元音缩短等变化,成为“acchariya”。“abbhuta”(未曾有)则源自“na bhavitthā”,非同形辅音双写,元音缩短,亦作“abhūtopi”。显示巴利原文
Tikaṃ acchariye. Vipubbo maha pūjāyaṃ, bhūvādi, ṇyo, mantalopo, vimhayo. Āpubbo cara gatibhakkhanesu, a, carassa cchariyo, rassādi ca, acchariyo. Na bhavitthāti abbhuto, asarūpadvittaṃ, rasso ca, abhūtopi .
“vihattho”(散乱)是指因悲伤等而缺乏“应如此行”的修行,即混乱者。又可解释为“手被分散的人”,即散手者。其中“kula”意为计数,由前缀“vi”加“ā”构成。显示巴利原文
Sokādīhi itikattabbatāpaṭipattisuñño vihattho, byākulo ca. Vikkhitto hattho yassa vihattho. Kula saṅkhyāne viāpubbo.
已披铠甲、手持武器、欲行杀害、已出发、欲攻击者,名为“ātatāyī”。亦有异读作“vadhuyyutto”。此词由前缀“ā”加词根“tā”(保护),加后缀“ṇī”,辅音双写,以“ā”结尾者变为“āyo”,从而构成“ātatāyī”。显示巴利原文
Katasannāho vadhudyato hantumudyato uyyuto ātatāyī nāma. ‘‘Vadhuyyutto’’tipi pāṭho. Āpubbo tā pālane, ṇī, dvittaṃ, ākārantānamāyo, ātatāyī.
737 于应斩首之处,应被斩首者称为“vajjho”。应被杀害者即“vajjho”,源自词根“hana”(伤害),附以词缀“ṇyo”;“hana”变为“vadha”,“jha”变为“jho”。无同形双写,即成“vajjho”。显示巴利原文
737.Sīsacchejjamhi sīsacchedārahe vajjho. Hantabboti vajjho, hana hiṃsāyaṃ, ṇyo, hanassa vadho, jhassa jho. Asarūpadvittaṃ, vajjho.
于欺骗者中,三法。“nikato”意为切割者,源自词根“kanta”(切割),加词缀“a”,并删除“na”。“saṭha”意为狡诈者,加“a”。“anuju”意为无正直者。显示巴利原文
Tikaṃ vakkāsaye. Nikantatīti nikato, kanta chedane, a, nalopo. Saṭha ketave, a. Natthi ujutā yassa anuju.
于分裂制造者中,三法。“sūca”意为诽谤,加词缀“ṇvu”。“pisi”意为粉碎,或指部分,故粉碎者即“pisuṇo”;依“yadā”等规则加“uno”,而成“ṇattaṃ”。“kaṇṇejapo”意为于耳畔低语者,此为不变格复合词,亦指令人不悦者。显示巴利原文
Tikaṃ bhedakārake. Sūca pesuññe, ṇvu. Pisi sañcuṇṇane, pisi avayave vā, pisatīti pisuṇo, yadādinā uno, ṇattaṃ. Kaṇṇe japatīti, aluttasamāso, arucitabbarocakepi kaṇṇejapo.
二词用于具攻击习性的场合。‘dhubbī’意为伤害,带‘to’词缀,属‘bhujādi’类。欺骗并胡言乱语者,名为‘vañcako’,词根‘vañca’意为移动。显示巴利原文
Dvayaṃ paharaṇasīle. Dhubbī hiṃsāyaṃ, to, bhujādi. Vañcayate vippalapateti vañcako, vañca gamane.
738 738. 根据圣者共称,说明愚人之相。‘hi’为填充词。凡男子、凡众人——此处‘purisa’一词,如同在‘二大士已出’等处,是‘人’的同义词——若未经思择、未加审查而行杀害、捆绑等事,则确实应当被彻底了知为‘capalo’(轻率者)。何以故?因其未加决断便行事,即具有行事未经决断的习性。词根‘capa’意为粗暴,或‘capa’意为延续,加上‘alo’,构成‘capalo’。显示巴利原文
738. Ariyāsāmaññena ca bālapurisassa lakkhaṇamāha. Hi padapūraṇe. Yo puriso yo jano, janapariyāyo cettha purisasaddo ‘‘dve mahāpurisā abhinikkhantā’’tyādīsu viya, anisamma anupaparikkhitvā vadhabandhanādikiccaṃ karoti, so khalu ekantato ‘‘capalo’’ti viññeyyo, kasmā? Avinicchitakārittā sammā avinicchitassa kāriyassa karaṇasīlattā. Capa kakkaraṇe, capa santāne vā, alo, capalo.
739 739. 四词用于悭吝者。吝啬地施与的人称为‘khuddo’;其中‘do’为词缀,‘ka’变为‘kho’;或者,因不施的习性而于来世想‘我将饥饿’,故为‘khuddo’,词根‘khuda’意为饥饿,加表未来的‘do’词缀。由于蓄积财物而不让他人受用的习性,故为鄙吝的圣财主,称为‘kadariyo’;或因不施而对鄙吝之处不乐,称为‘kadariyo’,加‘iyo’词缀。由于对布施等心不倾向而僵硬,具有悭吝心相应,故称为‘thaddhamaccharī’,加‘ī’词缀。拥有鄙劣生命的人称为‘kapaṇo’,又称‘kipacāno’、‘mitappaco’。‘kucchitaṃ pacāno’为依主释复合词。少量煮食的人即‘mitappaco’,加‘ṇo’词缀。显示巴利原文
739. Catukkaṃ kadariye. Kucchitaṃ dadātīti khuddo, do, kassa kho, adānasīlatāya samparāyesu khuddaṃ bubhukkhissāmīti vā khuddo, khuda bubhukkhāyaṃ, do anāgatatthe. Parānupabhogena atthasañcayasīlattā kucchito ariyo atthapati kadariyo, adāyakattā kucchitaṃ ṭhānaṃ aratīti vā kadariyo, iyo. Dānādīsu namanābhāvena thaddhena maccherayuttacittena sahitatāya thaddhamaccharī, ī. Kucchito paṇo yassa kapaṇo, kipacāno, mitappacopi. Kucchitaṃ pacānoti dutiyāsamāso. Mitaṃ pacatīti mitappaco, ṇo.
‘Addhaṃ’意指贫穷者。毫无微少财物者,即称为‘akiñcano’。‘dalidda’(贫困),由加‘a’而成;或从‘dala’(破裂)加‘ido’并双写。‘dīna’(悲苦状),即‘dīno’;或由‘di’(灭尽)加‘īno’构成。无有财富者。有卑劣去向者,即‘duggato’。显示巴利原文
Addhaṃ dalidde. Natthi kiñcanaṃ appamattakampi dhanaṃ yassa akiñcano. Dalidda duggatiyaṃ, a, dala vidāraṇe vā, ido, dvittaṃ. Dīna duggatabhāve, dīno, di khaye vā, īno. Natthi dhanaṃ assa. Ninditaṃ gamanaṃ assa duggato.
740 740. 若有一业,本未预期、未作思量,却如‘我将生起此业’而自然现前,此业即称为‘kākatālīya’(如乌鸦与棕榈果)。棕榈果名为‘tālaṃ’,乌鸦与棕榈果合称‘kākatālāni’。与之相似的业,名为‘kākatāliyaṃ’,其义即如乌鸦飞落与棕榈果坠落同时发生之业。显示巴利原文
740. Yaṃ kammaṃ ‘‘idamahaṃ uppādessāmī’’ti asambhāvitaṃ acintitameva hutvā sampattaṃ, taṃ ‘‘kākatālīya’’ntyuccate. Tālassa idaṃ phalaṃ tālaṃ, kāko ca tālañca kākatālāni, tehi sadisaṃ kammaṃ kākatāliyaṃ, kākassa, tālaphalassa uḍḍanapatanasadisaṃ kammantyattho.
以下四词皆指乞求者:作乞求者,即‘yācanako’;或由词根‘yāca’(乞求)加‘yu’,于自义加‘ko’而成。‘attha’义为乞求,乞求名为‘attho’,具有乞求者称为‘atthī’。加‘ṇvu’,成为‘yācako’。另有一类,先称赞布施的果报,说‘施财与我等之人,国王将生天界’等,而后曲言乞求,名为‘vanibbako’;‘vaṇṇa’变为‘vani’,‘vaka’为取,此处取即是乞求。显示巴利原文
Catukkaṃ yācake. Yācanaṃ karotīti yācanako, yācatīti vā, yāca yācane, yu. Sakatthe ko. Attha yācanāyaṃ, atthanaṃ attho, so assatthīti atthī. Ṇvu, yācako . ‘‘Mādisassa dhanaṃ datvā rājā saggaṃ gamissatī’’tyādinā dānaphalaṃ vaṇṇetvā vakati yācatīti vanibbako, vaṇṇassa vani, vaka ādāne, ādānamettha yācanameva.
741 稍缺末尾者,依词尾而命名。鸟、蛇、鱼等从卵而生,故为卵生。人及诸有情从名为子宫的胎藏而生,或于彼处出生,故为胎生。虫、虻等及蚊、鳗等从汗而生,汗因暖而成,从此出生故为湿生。天等、梵天、地狱众等为化生,因近而堕故为‘upapātī’,加‘ṇī’而指十六岁等之身,具此身者即化生。显示巴利原文
741.Kiñcidūnakantaṃ patipādena nāmaṃ. Pakkhisappamacchādayo aṇḍato jātattā aṇḍajā. Narādayo pana gabbhāsayasaṅkhātajalābuto, tatra vā jātattā jalābujā. Kimi ca ḍaṃsā ca ādinā makasamaṅgurādayo ca sedajā, sedakāraṇattā usmā sedo, tato jātā sedajā. Devo ca ādinā brahmanerayikādayo ca opapātikā, upagantvā patatīti upapātī, ṇī, soḷasavassuddesikādiko attabhāvo, so yesamatthi, te opapātikā.
742 在“jaṇṇumatte”等词中:于水等处,齐膝深即齐膝之量,“taggho”表量义,故“jaṇṇutaggho”意为齐膝量;“jaṇṇumatto”亦为齐膝量,“matto”表量义,即此义。显示巴利原文
742.Jaṇṇumatte jaṇṇuppamāṇayutte udakādimhi jaṇṇutaggho, jaṇṇuppamāṇo jaṇṇutaggho, pamāṇatthe taggho, jaṇṇuppamāṇo jaṇṇumatto, pamāṇatthe matto , tasmiṃ.
表稍不足、少量之义时用“kappo”;因不足之轻微,被以“一”等方式限定,故称kappo,源于词根kappa(限定、切割)。显示巴利原文
Kiñcidūnake appamattakayutte kappo , ūnassa appakatāya kappīyati ekādivasena paricchijjatīti kappo, kappa paricchedane.
“catukkaṃ”意为“包含在内”。由“anto gacchati”(进入内部)构成“antaggataṃ”(入于内者),其间“a”音脱落,插入“ā”音,再行双写。“antogatampi”亦然。经限定而取得、被摄持者,为“pariyāpannaṃ”。词根“gādha”表示安立处,故由“anto ogādhati”构成“antogadhaṃ”(内入者),为短元音;由“ogādhati”构成“ogadhaṃ”。显示巴利原文
Catukkaṃ pariyāpanne. Anto gacchatīti antaggataṃ, ‘‘lopañca tatrākāro’’ti olope aāgamo, dvittaṃ. Antogatampi. Paricchinditvā āpannaṃ gahitaṃ pariyāpannaṃ. Gādha patiṭṭhāyaṃ, anto ogādhatīti antogadhaṃ, rasso, ogādhatīti ogadhaṃ.
743 “dvayaṃ”意为“已成就者”。词根“rādha”与“sādha”皆表成就,用于被动式,加后缀“to”。显示巴利原文
743. Dvayaṃ sādhite. Rādha sādha siddhiyaṃ, kammani to.
“dvayaṃ”意为“已煮者”。词根“paca”意为烧煮,于过去时主动语态加“to”,转k音,且“ca”脱落。词根“kutha”意为未熟,加“to”。显示巴利原文
Dvayaṃ kuthite. Paca pāke, atīte kattari to, tassa kko, calopo. Kutha nippakke, to.
遭遇不幸、灾难者称为“āpanno”,因遭受极度逼迫故为“āpanno”,正如单字母词典所说:“‘ā’用于痛苦、愤怒、傲慢、灾难等义。”词根“pada”表行走,“āpanno”则根据语境,用于灾患、获得等不同含义。显示巴利原文
Āpadaṃ byasanaṃ patto āpanno nāma, atipīḷanaṃ āpajjatīti āpanno, ‘‘ā tukodhamudāṭṭīsū’’ti hi ekakkharakoso. Pada gamane, ‘‘āpanno ca vipattimhi, patte ca vāccaliṅgiko’’ti nānatthasaṅgaho.
“dvayaṃ”指受他人支配者。于其中无自主、受制于他人、不能自在故,为“vivaso”与“avaso”。显示巴利原文
Dvayaṃ paresamavasagate. Natthi vaso āyatto paresaṃ etasmiṃ serībhūteti vivaso, avaso ca.
744 “chakkaṃ”表已投掷者。词根“nuda”表推动或投掷,加“to”后变为“inno”。在非“inna”替代的情况下属“bhujādi”类,故为“nutto”。“nutopi”也是如此。词根“asu”表投掷,加“to”,属“bhujādi”类,故为“atto”。词根“khipa”表推动,加“to”。显示巴利原文
744. Chakkaṃ khitte. Nuda peraṇe, nuda khepe vā, to, tassa inno. Aninnādese bhujādi, nutto. Nutopi. Asu khepane, to, bhujādi, atto. Khipa peraṇe, to.
词根 īra 表示移动与震动,加上词缀 ito,即构成 īrito。前缀 ā 加词根 vidha 表示推动,加上词缀 to,即构成 āviddho。显示巴利原文
Īra gatiyaṃ, kampane ca, ito, īrito. Āpubbo vidha peraṇe, to, āviddho.
catukkaṃ 意为已震动者。词根 kampa 表示摇动,dhū 表示摇动与震动,由此构成 dhūto 与 ādhūto;词根 cala 表示摇动,构成 calito。vellito 与 pekhitopi 也是如此。vella 表示摇动义,pekha 表示移动义,故得 pekhito。显示巴利原文
Catukkaṃ kampite. Kampa calane, dhū vidhunane, kampane ca. Dhūto, ādhūto, cala kampane, calito. Vellito, pekhitopi. Vella calanattho. Pekha gatyattho, pekhito.
dvayaṃ 意为已磨利者。词根 nisi 表示磨利,tija 也表示磨利,磨利即令锋利。两者在被动式使用时,皆加上词缀 to。显示巴利原文
Dvayaṃ nisite. Nisi nisāne. Tija nisāne, nisānaṃ tikkhakaraṇaṃ, ubhayatrāpi kammani to.
745-746 “tikaṃ”指应到达者。词根“pata”意为行走,加“tabbo”。词根“gamu”意为行走,加“ṇyo”,其中“m”变为“m”或“mm”,故有“gammaṃ”“gamyaṃ”;“d”变为“jj”,故有“āpajjaṃ”。显示巴利原文
745-746. Tikaṃ pattabbe. Pata gamane, tabbo. Gamu gatiyaṃ, ṇyo, myassa mmo vā, gammaṃ, gamyaṃ, dyassa jjo, āpajjaṃ.
二种,指于变异中。由于“pacino”一词多义,此处取其“变异”义。“Namu”意为礼敬,属bhūvādi组,对于作者加“to”语尾,二者意义相同。显示巴利原文
Dvayaṃ pariṇate. Pacino anekatthattā iha pariṇatattho. Namu namane, bhūvādi, kattari to, samā dve tulyatthā.
五种,指于缠绕中。“Veṭha”意为缠绕。如同环称为“valaya”,作成环状即为“valayita”,此为名动词根,源自使动语尾“to”。“Rudha”意为覆盖,表所覆盖。前缀“saṃ”加“vu”意为遮蔽,表所遮蔽。周遍遮蔽即为“āvuta”,“vu”意为遮蔽,于一切处为受事,加语尾“to”。显示巴利原文
Pañcakaṃ veṭhite. Veṭha veṭhane. Valamiva valayaṃ, kuṇḍalākāraṃ valayaṃ kataṃ valayitaṃ, nāmadhātu, kāritantā to. Rudha āvaraṇe, ruddhaṃ. Saṃpubbo vu saṃvaraṇe, saṃvutaṃ. Samantato vutaṃ āvutaṃ, vu saṃvaraṇe, sabbatra kammani to.
二种,指被沟渠等所围绕。‘Pari’即周遍,所作即‘parikkhitta’,亦作‘parikkhata’。‘Vu’即遮蔽,指被遮蔽。显示巴利原文
Dvayaṃ parikhādinā parikkhitte. Pari samantato karīyateti parikkhittaṃ, parikkhatampi. Vu saṃvaraṇe, nivutaṃ.
三种,指扩展。‘Sara’意为移动,加‘to’,所加‘to’变为‘ṭo’,‘ra’脱落,成为‘visaṭa’。‘Tanu’意为扩展,加‘to’,该‘to’变为‘to’,‘na’脱落,成为‘vitthata’、‘tata’。显示巴利原文
Tikaṃ vitthate. Sara gatiyaṃ, to, tassa ṭo, ralopo, visaṭaṃ. Tanu vitthāre, to, tassa to, nalopo, vitthataṃ, tataṃ.
二种,指应涂抹。‘Lipa’意为涂抹,‘Diha’意为涂敷,两者皆于受事格加‘to’。显示巴利原文
Dvayaṃ lepanīye. Lipa lepane, diha upalepane, ubhayatrāpi kammani to.
关于“隐藏”有两种形式。词根“√guha”意为遮蔽,加后缀“ḷa”则成“guḷha”。词根“√gupa”意为保护,则成“gutta”。显示巴利原文
Dvayaṃ guḷhe. Guha saṃvaraṇe, ḷo, guḷho. Gupa gopane, gutto.
关于“应养育”有两种形态。词根“√pusa”意为养育,加后缀“ta”;其词根中的“sa”转为“ṭṭha”时,成为“poṭṭhita”;若不经此转变,则为“posita”。显示巴利原文
Dvayaṃ posanīye. Pusa posane, to, satānaṃ ṭṭho, ṭṭhābhāve posito.
747 表示“应有羞惭”有两种形式。词根“√lajja”意为压迫,压迫即是羞惭。词根“√hīḷa”意为责备与羞惭,由此构成“hīḷita”。显示巴利原文
747. Dvayaṃ salajje. Lajja pīḷe, pīḷo lajjāva. Hīḷa nindālajjāsu, hīḷito.
在声音方面,有两种。词根“Sana”、“Dhana”用于声音时,成为“sanitaṃ”、“dhanitaṃ”。显示巴利原文
Dvayaṃ sadde. Sana dhana sadde, sanitaṃ, dhanitaṃ.
于应系缚者中,有五种。“Sandana”即系缚,因具有彼故而有“vantu”。“sandānita”是从名词动词词根加“to”而构成,“vantu”脱落。“Sandāna”即系缚,此为彼所有,或从此加“ito”。“Si”表系缚,加“to”。“Bandha”表系缚,成为“baddho”。“Kīla”表系缚。“Yamu”表止息,加前缀“saṃ”用于系缚义,一切处于受事加“to”。“Mūtaṃ”、“udditaṃ”亦作“sadditaṃ”。“Mū”表系缚。“Dā”表切割。前缀“ud”用于系缚。故说:“uddāna”即是系缚。显示巴利原文
Pañcakaṃ bandhanīye. Sandanaṃ bandhanaṃ, taṃyogā vantu. Sandānavantaṃ kataṃ sandānitaṃ, nāmadhātumhā to, vantulopo. Sandānaṃ sajjā, tamassāti vā, ito. Si bandhane, to. Bandha bandhane, baddho. Kīla bandhane. Yamu uparame, saṃpubbo bandhane, sabbatra kammani to. Mūtaṃ, udditaṃ, sadditampi. Mū bandhane. Dā avakhaṇḍane. U saṃpubbo bandhane. Vuttañca ‘‘uddānantu ca bandhana’’nti.
748 于成就中,有三种。“Sidha”表成就。“Pada”表行走,加前缀“ni”而表成就。“Vatta”表转动,此处转动亦是成就,因有前缀“ni”。显示巴利原文
748. Tikaṃ siddhe. Sidha saṃsiddhimhi. Pada gamane, nipubbo siddhiyaṃ. Vatta vattane, vattanaṃpyatra sijjhanaṃ nipubbattā.
三种,于破裂中。‘Dara’、‘Bhida’为破裂义,有‘inna’替代,成为‘bhinnaṃ’。若无‘inna’替代,则成‘bheditaṃ’。显示巴利原文
Tikaṃ vidārite. Dara bhida vidāraṇe, innādeso. Bhinnaṃ. Aninnādese tu bheditaṃ.
二重,用于以草等覆盖的事物。Chada(覆盖)为遮蔽义,加‘to’后缀,其连同词根词尾发生‘a’替代。显示巴利原文
Dvayaṃ tiṇādīhi chādanīye. Chada saṃvaraṇe, to, tassa sadhātvantassa annādeso.
三重,于切割。Vidha于穿凿。Chidda于耳破裂等,属curādi类。Vidha于穿凿,于一切处取作业时加‘to’后缀,并于其余二处取已生义时加‘ito’后缀。显示巴利原文
Tikaṃ chindite. Vidha vedhane. Chidda kaṇṇabhede, curādi. Vidha vedhane, sabbatra kamme to, aparadvaye ca sañjātatthe ito.
749 749. “ānīte”一词有三重构成:hara(词根)表“取”义(haraṇa),bhara表“持养”义(dhāraṇaposana),前缀ā加nī(即ānī)表“引导”义(naya)。显示巴利原文
749. Tikaṃ ānīte. Hara haraṇe, bhara dhāraṇaposanesu, āpubbo nī naye.
“damayutte”一词有二重构成:damu(词根)表“调伏”义(damana),附以表作者的后缀to;如同pakkama等词,带有nto后缀。在词尾变化中,成为“damito”。此亦可解作业所作(kammasādhana)。显示巴利原文
Dvayaṃ damayutte. Damu damane, kattari to. Pakkamādīhi nto. Antādese damito. Kammasādhanopyayaṃ.
“sante”一词有二重构成:samu(词根)表“止息”义(upasama),附以表作者的后缀to。在词尾变化中,成为“samito”。此亦可解作业所作(kammasādhana)。显示巴利原文
Dvayaṃ sante. Samu upasame, kattarito. Antādese samito, kammasādhanopyayaṃ.
双数用于“充满”义。词根 pūra 为充满,由 tarā 等加上 iṇṇo(后缀),这两种情况都可得到行为者与行为对象的词形。显示巴利原文
Dvayaṃ puṇṇe. Pūra pūraṇe, tarādīhi iṇṇo, dvīsupi kattukammasādhanāni labbhanti.
750 750. “三足”用于被恭敬。词根 cāya 义为恭敬与适宜;maha 恭敬;pūja 恭敬;araha 恭敬;arahito 为被恭敬;acca 恭敬;māna 恭敬;ci 积聚;带前缀 a- 的 pūjane 为恭敬。乃至礼敬,namassadhātu 为恭敬。显示巴利原文
750. Tipādaṃ pūjite. Cāya pūjānisāmanesu. Maha pūjāyaṃ, pūja pūjane, araha pūjāyaṃ, arahito. Acca pūjāyaṃ. Māna pūjāyaṃ. Ci caye, apapubbo pūjane. Namassitopi, namassadhātu pūjāyaṃ.
双数用于砍削木头等。词根 taccha 义为削薄。所谓“被削薄故为 tanūkato”,是长音形式。显示巴利原文
Dvayaṃ tacchite dāruādimhi. Taccha tanukaraṇe, tanukarīyateti tanūkato, dīgho.
751 751. 二重:即于火等中被烧热。Tapa 指熏与烧热。显示巴利原文
751. Dvayaṃ aggiādīhi tatte. Tapa dhūpa santāpe.
二重:即由侍奉等方式前往国王等近前。Cara 有行往义,故有 upacarito(被侍行)。Āsa 有安坐义,故有 upāsito(被侍奉)。显示巴利原文
Dvayaṃ rājādīnaṃ santike bhajanādivasena upagate. Cara gatyattho, upacarito. Āsa upavesane, upāsito.
Addhaṃ 指堕落。Bhasa 有下落义,加后缀 to。Gaḷa 有倾注义,故 gaḷitaṃ 为已倾注。Pada 有行往义,故 pannaṃ 为已行往。Cu 指死没,或行往。Dhaṃsu 指坠落,亦表趣向。Kanna 亦同,表趣向与枯竭。显示巴利原文
Addhaṃ cute. Bhasa adhopatane, to. Gaḷa secane, gaḷitaṃ. Pada gamane, pannaṃ. Cu cavane, cu gamane vā. Dhaṃsu avasaṃsane, gatiyañca. Kannampi, kanna gatisosanesu.
752 词根“tuṭṭha”等用于喜极与欢悦,“pī”用于滋养与满足,“muda”用于笑,“hasa”用于悲泣,或“hasa”用于别义,“mada”用于笑,如“matto”(醉),“tusa”用于喜。显示巴利原文
752.Tuṭṭhantaṃ pamudite, pī tappanakantīsu. Muda hāse. Hasa haṃsane, hasa alike vā. Mada hāse, matto. Tusa pītiyaṃ.
有四词根表“割断”义:“kanta”意为割断;“chidi”意为分成两半;“lū”意为割断,加后缀“ṇa”或“yu”;“dā”意为收割,加后缀“tu”,或“dā”意为砍碎;亦有“chāta”;“cho”意为割断,词形变为“ossākāra”。显示巴利原文
Catukkaṃ chinne. Kanta chedane. Chidi dvidhākaraṇe. Lū chedane, ṇo, yu vā. Dā lavane, tu, dā avakhaṇḍane vā. Chātampi. Cho chedane, ossākāro.
有三词根表“称赞”义:“saṭha”意为赞叹,加后缀“ta”;“vaṇṇa”用于颜色、行为、扩展、功德等描述;“thu”意为称扬;“īḍita”与“paṇita”也是如此,“īḍa”意为赞叹;“paṇa”意为交易,也用于赞叹义,故有“paṇita”。显示巴利原文
Tikaṃ pasatthe. Saṭha thutiyaṃ, to. Vaṇṇa vaṇṇakriyāvitthāraguṇavacanesu. Thu abhitthave. Īḍito, paṇitopi, īḍa thutimhi. Paṇa byavahāre, thutimhi ca, paṇito.
753 第753条。有五词表“湿”义。tima,表湿润状态,亦表黏着;加前缀pa、ka、ma等及后缀nta。alla,表湿润,加后缀la,成allaṃ。adda,表行走、乞求;前加ā,或表砍碎,加后缀da,成addaṃ。kilida,表湿润状态,词形变为inna等。unda,表湿润,成inna或unna,亦作sādda。与adda相关联的addaṃ,与之共存的是sādda。显示巴利原文
753. Pañcakaṃ alle, tima addabhāve niccalepi, pakkamādīhi nto. Alla kledane, lo, allaṃ. Adda gatimhi, yācane ca, āpubbo dā avakhaṇḍane vā, do, addaṃ. Kilida addabhāve, innādeso. Unda kledane, inno, unno vā, sāddampi. Addaguṇayuttaṃ addaṃ, tena saha vattate sāddaṃ.
有四词表“寻求”义。magga,意为寻找,属curādi类。esa,意为行走,属bhūvādi类。gavesa,意为寻求,属curādi类。显示巴利原文
Catukkaṃ gavesite. Magga anvesane, curādi. Esa gatiyaṃ, bhūvādi. Gavesa maggane, curādi.
有二词表“获得”义。labha,意为得到。前加pa的āpa,意为遍满,加后缀ta,属bhujādi类,成ālopa;亦成patta。bhāvita、āsādita、vibhūta也是如此。显示巴利原文
Dvayaṃ laddhe. Labha pattiyaṃ. Papubbo āpa byāpane, to, bhujādi, ālopo, pattaṃ. Bhāvitaṃ, āsāditaṃ, vibhūtañca.
754 第754条。表“护持”义。“rakkha”意为保护。“gupa”意为守护,属“bhujādi”类。“tā”意为保护,作“tātaṃ”。在“āyāgame”处作“gopāyita”。“ava”意为保护,作“avitaṃ”。显示巴利原文
754.Pālitantaṃ rakkhanīye, rakkha pālane. Gupa gopane, bhujādi. Tā pālane, tātaṃ. Āyāgame gopāyitaṃ. Ava rakkhaṇe, avitaṃ.
表“舍弃”义的四词。“saja”意为释放。“caja”意为舍离。“hā”意为舍弃,作“hīna”,词根元音变长等。“ujha”意为舍弃,作“samujjhitaṃ”。“dhūta”亦同,“dhū”意为摇动。显示巴利原文
Catukkaṃ catte. Saja vissagge. Caja hāniyaṃ. Hā cāge, ino, dīghādi, hīno. Ujha ussagge, samujjhitaṃ. Dhūtampi, dhū kampane.
755 第755条。表“说”义的诗颂用词。“bhāsa”意为言语表达。“lapa”意为言语表达。“vaca”意为说,作“vutta”。前缀“abhi”加“dhā”—“持”,加后缀“ta”而成“abhihita”;或者“hi”意为行走,前加“abhi”而成。“khyā”意为讲说。“jappa”意为言语表达。“īra”意为投掷、行走、言语、摇动,作“udīrita”。“katha”意为语句组合。“gada”意为言语表达。“bhaṇa”意为说。“vada”意为言语表达,加后缀“ta”作“udita”。显示巴利原文
755. Pajjaṃ bhāsite. Bhāsa byattiyaṃ vācāyaṃ. Lapa byattiyaṃ vācāyaṃ, vaca bhāsane, vuttaṃ. Abhipubbo dhā dhāraṇe, to, dhātissa hi, hi gamane vā, abhihitaṃ. Khyā kathane. Jappa byattiyaṃ vācāyaṃ. Īra khepagativacanakampanesu, udīritaṃ. Katha vākyapabandhe. Gada viyattiyaṃ vācāyaṃ. Bhaṇa bhaṇane. Vada viyattiyaṃ vācāyaṃ, to, vassu, uditaṃ.
756 第756条。四词在“轻慢”义中。ñā意为了知。gaṇa意为计数。bhū意为存在。māna意为恭敬,或mana意为知。这些词根前加ava或pari,即表被轻慢。被置于低位而了知、被计数、被思量,故为avaññita、avagaṇita、avamānita。被轻慢、遭受轻慢,故为paribhūta。显示巴利原文
756. Catukkaṃ avamānite. Ñā avabodhane. Gaṇa saṅkhyāne. Bhū sattāyaṃ. Māna pūjāyaṃ, mana ñāṇe vā, avaparipubbā ete paribhūte. Heṭṭhā katvā ñāyati, gaṇīyati, maññatīti avaññito, avagaṇito, avamānito ca. Paribhavīyati avamānaṃ karīyatīti paribhūto.
四词在“饥饿”义中。ghasa意为吃,加词缀后成为jighacchita,即生起饥饿者。khuda意为渴求。chāda意为食。bhuja意为保护、吞咽,加词缀后成为bubhukkhita,即生起食欲者。显示巴利原文
Catukkaṃ chāte. Ghasa adane, cho, dvittaṃ. Jighacchā sañjātā yassa jighacchito. Khuda pipāsāyaṃ. Chāda bhakkhane. Bhuja pālanajjhohāresu, kho, dvittādi, bubhukkhā sañjātā yassa bubhukkhito.
757 第757条。六词在“知”义中。budha意为了知、通达。pada意为行走,加后缀ta后变为paṭipanna。vida意为知。gati意为了知之义。avagata亦是如此。mana意为知,加后缀ta后成为mata。显示巴利原文
757. Chakkaṃ ñāte. Budha ñā avagamane. Pada gamane, to, tassa anno, paṭipannaṃ. Vida ñāṇe. Gati bujhattho. Avagataṃ. Mana ñāṇe, to, mataṃ.
“addhaṃ”表“半”义,用于“吞咽”之例。词根“gala”意为吃,形成“gilita”。词根“khāda”意为食。词根“bhuja”意为保护、吞咽。词根“bhakkha”意为吃。前缀“adhi”和“ava”加于词根“hara”(意为持)之前,并加后缀“ta”,词形变为“ajjhohaṭa”。词根“asa”意为吃,形成“asita”。“jappita”与“gasita”亦然,词根“jappa”意为吃。词根“gasa”意为吃。显示巴利原文
Addhaṃ gilite. Gala adane, assi, gilito. Khāda bhakkhane. Bhuja pālanajjhohāresu. Bhakkha adane. Adhiavapubbo hara haraṇe, to, tassa ṭo, ralopo, ajjhohaṭo. Asa bhakkhane, asito. Jappito, gasitopi, jappa adane. Gasa adane.
2. 《杂品》注释显示巴利原文
2. Saṃkiṇṇavaggavaṇṇanā
758 758. 在前两品中,佛陀等名词因论典而被固定为同义;在此品中,美妙等是差别名词,适时等是多义词,长久等是不变词,亦因论典而被固定。然而,因为担心前面诸品过于详尽,那些未被固定的部分,为了予以收录并随顺时机,现在以“ñe yya”等来阐述此杂品。其含义为:在此杂品中,也于某处,根据词缀的意义,应知由āpaccaya等词缀显示出阴性等性相的本质,从而确立其为阴性等。而“ca”字亦包含了更多其他词形等的摄受。“在此”一词是表征,因为在其他品中,也可依词缀的意义确定性别等。显示巴利原文
758. Pubbasmiṃ kaṇḍadvaye buddhādīni nāmāni samānatthāni pakaraṇena nibaddhāni, asmimpi kaṇḍe sobhanādīni visesananāmāni, samayādīnyanekatthāni, cirassamādīni ca abyayāni pakaraṇeneva nibaddhāni, idāni pana pubbavaggesu vitthārabhayā ye na nibaddhā, taṃsaṅgahatthaṃ, taṃsamayānupālanatthañca saṃkiṇṇamārabhate ‘‘ñe yya’’miccādinā. Tassattho – ihāpi saṃkiṇṇavaggepi kvāpi katthaci kriyādīsu paccayatthavasena āpaccayādīnaṃ itthiliṅgādibhāvajotakassa sabhāvassa vasena liṅgaṃ itthiliṅgādikaṃ ñeyyanti. Cakārena bhiyyo rūpantarādipariggahopi. Ihāti ca upalakkhaṇaṃ, vaggantaresupi paccayatthavasena liṅgādinicchayasambhavato.
由“应被造作”而得名“kriyā”(业)。词根“kara”为“作”义,加ṇyo词缀,插入i音,转作assi,音变后成kriyā,亦作kriyampi;依ririyapaccaye成kiriyaṃ,亦作kiriyāpi;依rammapaccaye则成kammaṃ。显示巴利原文
Kattabbato kriyā, kara karaṇe, ṇyo, ikārāgamo, assi, vaṇṇavipariyaye kriyā, kriyampi, ririyapaccaye kiriyaṃ, kiriyāpi. Rammapaccaye kammaṃ.
此三词归于心寂止。词根“samu”为“寂止”义,加ti词缀,成“santi”。带tham词缀时为“samatho”;带am词缀时为“samo”。显示巴利原文
Tikaṃ cittopasame. Samu upasame,ti, santi. Thamhi samatho.Amhi samo.
此三词归于身寂止。词根“damu”为“寂止”义。带tham词缀时为“damatho”;带tim词缀时为“danti”。此二词亦通于心寂止。显示巴利原文
Tikaṃ kāyopasame. Damu upasame. Thamhi damatho. Timhi danti. Cittopasamepyete.
“suddhakammani”处有“vattaṃ”。词根“vatta”表示“转起”,或“vatta”表示“受持”,从而构成“vattaṃ”,如“八十种大行”等。显示巴利原文
Suddhakammani vattaṃ bhavati. Vatta vattane, vatta samādāne vā vattaṃ, asītimahāvattādi.
表示执着的词——āsattavacanaṃ,其词形即所谓的parāyaṇaṃ,此词通三性。以“paraṃ ayanaṃ”解释,意为“所依”“归趣”,即parāyaṇaṃ,指系于业处;若表“圆满”之义,则为pārāyaṇaṃ,即“以彼岸为边际,依此而往”,加yu词缀,成ṇattaṃ,如nāmapārāyaṇaṃ、dhātupārāyaṇaṃ。显示巴利原文
Āsaṅgavacanaṃ āsattavacanaṃ saddasarūpaṃ parāyaṇaṃ nāma vuttaṃ, tañca tīsu. Paraṃ āyanaṃ āyatto tāṇaṃ parāyaṇaṃ, kammāsatto iccattho, sākalyavacane tu pārāyaṇaṃ, pāraṃ pariyantaṃ ayanti gacchanti kassaci anenāti pārāyaṇaṃ, yu, ṇattaṃ, yathā – nāmapārāyaṇaṃ, dhātupārāyaṇaṃ.
759 759.“tikaṃ”表示分裂为二的状态。词根“bhidi”意为“分裂为二”,加ṇo词缀;词根“dara”意为“撕裂”;词根“phuṭa”意为“开显”,或“破坏”,加yu词缀。显示巴利原文
759. Tikaṃ dvidhābhāve. Bhidi dvidhākaraṇe, ṇo. Dara vidāraṇe. Phuṭa vikasane, phuṭa bhedane vā, yu.
有两个词表示“满足”义。词根“tapa”意为“满足”,加yu词缀。词根“pī”意为“满足”,加yu词缀,属kiyādi类,n变为ṇ。另有“avana”,词根“ava”意为“保护”,因多义性亦表示光辉。显示巴利原文
Dvayaṃ tappane. Tapa pīṇane, yu. Pī tappane, yu, kiyādi, nassa ṇattaṃ. Avanampi, ava pālane, dittiyañca anekatthattā.
有两个词表示“诅咒”义。词根“kusa”意为“呼唤”与“破坏”,加yu词缀。词根“sanja”意为“执着”,“abhisaṅgo”即执着。显示巴利原文
Dvayaṃ sāpe. Kusa avhāne, bhedane ca, yu. Sanja saṅge, abhisaṅgo.
有三个词表示“乞求”义。词根“bhikkha”意为“乞求”,加yu词缀。词根“yāca”意为“乞求”。词根“attha”意为“乞求”。此处还有“addana”,词根“adda”意为“行走”与“乞求”。显示巴利原文
Tikaṃ yācanāyaṃ. Bhikkha yācane, yu. Yāca yācane. Attha yācane. Addanopyatra, adda gatimhi, yācane ca.
760 「无相」:即随欲。凡任何欲求、意图,便称为「随欲」。「自在」也如是说。显示巴利原文
760. Nimittarahitaṃ yadicchā nāma, yā yā icchā adhippāyo yadicchā nāma. Seritāpi.
三法:于“告别”义中。“告别”是指在来去等时节,以拥抱、亲吻、欢迎、爱语、问安、许去等方式,对亲友等表达的喜悦。“问”( puccha ):于“询问”义中,即“告别”( āpucchana )。 “喜”( nanda ):于“成就”义中,即“喜悦”( ānandana )。 “庆”( sabhāja ):于“喜见”或“喜语”义中,属 curādi 组,加 yu,成“庆贺”( sabhājana )。显示巴利原文
Tikaṃ āpucchane, āpucchanañca gamanāgamanādisamaye suhajja bandhavādīnamāliṅgana cumbanasvāgatapiyavacanārogyapucchanagamanānuññādinā ānandanaṃ. Puccha pucchane, āpucchanaṃ. Nanda samiddhiyaṃ, ānandanaṃ. Sabhāja pītidassanesu, sabhāja pītivacanesu vā, curādi, yu, sabhājanaṃ.
二法:于“引导”义中。依之而了知者,称为“理”( ñāyo ),以 ā 结尾者变为 āyo。也作“正理”( nyāyo ),即无余地依之而行者。“导”( nī ):于“引导”义中,变为 aya,成“导”( naya )。显示巴利原文
Dvayaṃ naye. Ñāyanti yenāti ñāyo, ākārantānamāyo. Nyāyopi, nissesato ayati yena nyāyo. Nī naye, ayādeso, nayo.
二法:于增长中。Phā:于增长中,或于增长,ya脱落,则成phāti,阴性。Vaddha:于增长中,ti,da脱落,依dhaḍhabhahehi dhaḍhā规则,加assu,成vuddhi,亦作vuḍḍhi。显示巴利原文
Dvayaṃ vuddhimhi. Phā vuddhimhi, phāya vuddhiyaṃ vā, yalopo,ti, phāti, nāriyaṃ. Vaddha vaddhane,ti, dalopo, dhaḍhabhahehi dhaḍhā ca, assu, vuddhi, vuḍḍhipi.
761 Kilama:于疲累、笑、灭尽中,加tho,成kilamatho。于yum中则为kilamanaṃ。Sū:于胎儿、生产中,成pasavanaṃ、pasavo;于tim中则为pasūti。显示巴利原文
761.Kilama hāsakkhaye, tho, kilamatho. Yumhi kilamanaṃ. Sū pāṇipasave, pasavanaṃ pasavo, timhi pasūti.
Kasa:于行、害中,增入随韵,成ukkaṃso;或于刮擦中。Atisayo已说。Bhusa等依量与超胜而说,ukkaṃso依功德超胜而说,而atisayo则依两者,故于两处所示有别。三法:于战胜中。战胜为jayo,加yu,成jayanaṃ。于tim中则为jiti,阴性。显示巴利原文
Kasa gatiyaṃ hiṃsāyañca, niggahītāgamo, ukkaṃso, kasa vilekhane vā. Atisayo vutto. Bhusādayo pamāṇātisayavasena vuttā, ukkaṃso guṇātisayavasena vutto, atisayo pana ubhayavasenāti ubhayatra niddiṭṭhānaṃ bhedo. Tikaṃ jayane. Jayanaṃ jayo, yu, jayanaṃ. Timhi jiti, nārī.
762 以 bandhana 结尾的成对名词。词根√vas 用于欲乐义。词根√kam 用于欲乐义,加 ti。词根√vidh 用于穿孔、怖畏义,因其多义,加 a,并将 i 变为 ya,而成 byadho、vedho。词根√gah 用于执取、系缚义,成 gaho、gāho。词根√var 用于障碍义,成 varo。词根√vu 用于防护义,加 ti,成 vuti。词根√pac 用于烧煮义,阴性词根,加 atiyavo 或 a,成 pacanaṃ、pāko,再加 ṇo。显示巴利原文
762.Bandhanantāni dve dve nāmāni. Vasa kantiyaṃ. Kamu kantiyaṃ,ti. Vidha vedhane, byathane ca anekatthattā, a, ikārassa yādeso, byadho, vedho. Gaha upādāne nibandhane ca, gaho, gāho ca. Vara āvaraṇe, varo. Vu saṃvaraṇe,ti, vuti. Paca pāke, itthiyamatiyavo vā, a. Pacanaṃ pāko, ṇo.
表‘呼唤’义的二词组。词根√hu 用于布施、取用、供养、施与等义,加 ṇo,成 havo;在 tim 词基上,成 huti。表‘领受’义的二词组。词根√vid 用于知义,加 ṇo,成 vedo。词根√vid 用于感受、言说、居住义,属 curādi 类,加 yu,成 vedanaṃ;其中 vā 字是为显示 vedanā 一词的中性。显示巴利原文
Dvayaṃ āhvāne. Hu dānādanahabyappadānesu, ṇo, havo. Timhi huti. Dvayaṃ anubhavane. Vida ñāṇe, ṇo, vedo . Vida vedanākhyānanivāsesu, curādi, yu, vedanaṃ, vākāro vedanāsaddassa napuṃsakattāpekkho.
763 表‘财富等损失’义的二词组。词根√jar 用于年岁减损义,加 yu,成 jīraṇaṃ,再加 assī。词根√hā 用于舍弃义,加 yu,属 nadādi 组,元音缩短,ha 变为 ja,成 jāni。词根√tā 用于守护义,加 yu,成 ṇattaṃ。表‘量’义的二词组。词根√mā 用于测量义,加 ti,成 pamiti;在 am 词基上,成 pamā。显示巴利原文
763. Dvayaṃ dhanādijāniyaṃ. Jara vayohānimhi, yu, jīraṇaṃ, assī. Hā cāge, yu, nadādi, rasso, hassa jo, jāni. Tā pālane, yu, ṇattaṃ. Dvayaṃ pamāṇe. Mā māne,ti, pamiti. Amhi pamā.
Dvaya:表“连结”义。Silisa:表“拥抱”义。前缀saṃ-加dhā:表“持”义,加i,构成sandhanaṃ、sandhi。Dvaya:表“灭尽”义。Khi:表“灭尽”义,加ṇo,isse变为e aya,成为khayo。Ci:表“积聚”义,加前缀apa,表“灭尽”义。Dvaya:表“声音”义。Ru:表“声音”义,加ṇo,发生元音增长替换。Raṇa:表“声音”义,加a,成为raṇo。显示巴利原文
Dvayaṃ saṃyoge. Silisa āliṅgane. Saṃpubbo dhā dhāraṇe, i, sandhanaṃ sandhi. Dvayaṃ khaye. Khi khaye, ṇo, isse, e aya, khayo. Ci caye, apapubbo khaye. Dvayaṃ sadde. Ru sadde, ṇo, vuddhyādeso. Raṇa sadde. A, raṇo.
764 Gada:表“明辨”义、“言语”义,加ṇo及a,构成nigādo、nigado。Dvaya:表“迷醉”义。Mada:表“疯狂”义,构成mādo、mado。Si:表“系缚”义,加ti,构成siti。显示巴利原文
764.Gada byattiyaṃ vācāyaṃ, ṇo, a ca, nigādo, nigado ca. Dvayaṃ made. Mada ummāde, mādo, mado ca. Si bandhane,ti, siti.
Tika:表“相”义。造作即是相,因为多义故,或指面部、弯曲等肢体变化;或者依之而知动向,故为相。Iṅga:表“行走”义,加to及a,构成iṅgitaṃ、iṅgo。财富的离去、灭尽名为损失(byaya)。Byaya:表“心之放舍”义。显示巴利原文
Tikaṃ ākāre. Ākaraṇaṃ ākāro, anekatthattā mukhavaṅkādyaṅgavikāro vā, iṅgati jānātīti vā yena ākāro. Iṅga gamanattho, to, a ca, iṅgitaṃ, iṅgo ca. Atthassa dhanassa apagamo vināso byayo nāma. Byaya cittasamussagge.
765 关于障碍,有两种解释:在死亡与结生之间到来,故称为“障碍”。以敌对方式扰乱、进行,故称为“阻碍”;或者,令事业成就产生间隔、中断者,称为“障碍”。而“阻碍”则是摧毁障碍之义。显示巴利原文
765. Dvayaṃ antarāye. Cutipaṭisandhīnamantare ayatīti antarāyo. Paṭipakkhavasena ūhati pavattatīti paccūho, atha vā kāriyasiddhi antaraṃ byavadhānaṃ ayati gamayatīti antarāyo. Paccūhanti vinihantīti paccūho.
变异:即成为其他状态,故称为“变异”,亦称为“变状”。词根“kara”意为“做”,加后缀“ṇa”,再加语尾“ti”而构成。显示巴利原文
Vikaraṇaṃ aññathā bhavananti vikāro, vikati ca, kara karaṇe, ṇo,ti ca.
关于自性消失,有两种说明:“silisa”意为拥抱,加前缀“pa-vi”即表示其自性消失;又因轭的相似自性已离去,故称为“离轭”。如rabhasa所言:“vidhuraṃ pavisilese, klivañca vikale tisū”。或由词根“vidha”(安排)加后缀“ura”构成。关于座位,也有两种:“visa”意为进入,引申为坐下(upavesana);“āsa”意为坐下,引申为座位(āsana)。显示巴利原文
Dvayaṃ sabhāvavigame. Silisa āliṅgane, pavipubbo taṃsabhāvavigame, vigato dhuro sadisabhāvo yasmāti vidhuro, ‘‘vidhuraṃ pavisilese, klivañca vikale tisū’’ti rabhaso. Vidha vidhāne vā, uro. Dvayaṃ āsane. Visa pavesane, upavesanaṃ. Āsa upavesane, āsanaṃ.
766 关于「意图」有三种说法:「进入心之后而住」名为「意乐」。未加前缀 anu 的为「意趣」。「引导心」名为「意图」,后缀 ṇa,源自词根 paya(前往)。「在心中导向」名为「意向」,于两者中。「成为心」名为「心意」,后缀 ṇa。心的决意与确立名为「胜解」,阴性。「欲」也被用来表示渴爱。显示巴利原文
766. Tipādaṃ adhippāye. Cittamadhyāgantvā sayatīti ajjhāsayo. Anamipubbe āsayo. Adhipayati citteti adhippāyo, ṇo, paya gamane. Citte abhisandhāyatīti abhisandhi, dvīsu. Bhavati citteti bhāvo, ṇo. Adhimuccanaṃ citte adhiṭṭhānaṃ adhimutti, nārī. Chando taṇhāyampi vutto.
关于「过患」有两种说法:「瞋」已在「恚」中说过。极度地导致不幸,故为「过患」。词根 dīna 意为不幸状态,后缀 va,词根 vī 意为前往。显示巴利原文
Dvayaṃ ādīnave. Doso paṭighe vutto. Ā bhuso dīnaṃ vāyati gamayatīti ādīnavo, dīna duggatabhāve, vo, vī gamane ca.
767 关于「功德」有两种说法:词根 saṃsa 有伤害与称赞之义;「功德」既指非主要果报,也指主要果报,同样「德」也是如此。「德」有阐明的意思,因能阐明原因,故称为「德」;或源自词根 gaṇa(计数),加后缀 assu,而成 guṇa。关于「中间」有两种说法:词根 maja 意为净化,后缀 jha;加上前缀 vi,即成「中间」。显示巴利原文
767. Dvayaṃ ānisaṃse. Saṃsa hiṃsāthutīsu, ānisaṃso amukhyaphale, mukhyaphale ca, tathā guṇo. Guṇa pakāsane, pakāseti kāraṇanti guṇo, gaṇa saṅkhyāne vā, assu, guṇo. Dvayaṃ majjhe. Maja suddhiyaṃ, jho. Vipubbe vemajjhaṃ.
于初日处,有二种:‘白昼的中间’为‘日中’,亦即‘正午’,此处‘h’变为‘ṇh’。‘白昼的中间’既是‘日中’,也是‘正午’。于差异性亦有两种:以之为因,相等的度量已离去,故为‘差异’。‘nāna’即是‘nānatā’,‘nāna’一词为中性,而‘nānā’为不变词。显示巴利原文
Dvayaṃ taruṇasūriyaṭṭhāne. Ahassa majjho majjhaho, so eva majjhanhiko, hassa nho. Ahassa majjho majjhanho, majjhantopi. Dvayaṃ nānattāyaṃ. Vigatā mattā sadisappamāṇaṃ etena hetubhūtena vemattaṃ. Nānameva nānatā, nānasaddo punnapuṃsake, abyaye tu nānā.
768 关于遣除睡眠,有两种:‘jāgara’(醒)指睡眠的灭尽,醒本身即是‘醒寤’。关于水流等无间断的相续,有两种:‘vaha’(流)加后缀‘ṇa’,成‘pavāha’(流);‘vatu’(转起)加后缀‘ti’,成‘pavatti’(转起)。显示巴利原文
768. Dvayaṃ niddāpaṭikkhepe. Jāgara niddakkhaye, jāgarameva jāgariyo. Dvayaṃ jalādīnamavicchannāyaṃ santatiyaṃ. Vahatismā ṇo, pavāho. Vatu āvattane,ti, pavatti.
关于广开,有三种:‘asu’(抛散)加后缀‘ṇa’,成‘byāsa’(广开)。加前缀‘pa’,成‘pañca’(五),用于广开义。‘thara’(散布)加前缀‘pa-ā’,亦用于广开义。关于节制,有三种:‘yamu’(止息)加后缀‘ṇa’,成‘yāma’(节制)。其余情况加‘a’。显示巴利原文
Tikaṃ vitthāre. Asu khepane, ṇo, byāso. Papubbo pañca vitthāre. Thara santharaṇe, pādipubbo ca vitthāre. Tikaṃ saṃyame. Yamu uparame, ṇo, yāmo. Itaresu a.
769 两种关于肢体揉捏的词:‘sambāhano’(按摩者)、‘aṅgamaddako’(揉捏肢体者),这是沃帕利陀(vopālito)所说。又,带有前缀‘saṃ’的词根‘vāha’表努力,或于揉捏义中,加后缀‘yu’。词根‘madda’表揉捏。两种于种种所缘等中散漫游行的词:词根‘sara’(行)加后缀‘ṇa’;词根‘sappa’(行)加后缀‘yu’,成为‘visappanaṃ’(漫行)。显示巴利原文
769. Dvayaṃ gattānaṃ maddane. ‘‘Sambāhano’ṅgamaddako’’ti vopālito, saṃpubbo vāha payatane, maddane vā, yu. Madda maddane. Dvayaṃ nānārammaṇādīsu visappane. Sara gamane, ṇa. Sappa gamane, yu, visappanaṃ.
两种关于熟悉的词根:‘thu’表赞叹,‘ci’表积聚。三种关于集合的词根:‘mila’(结合),加后缀‘ṇa’,为表自身义而加‘ka’,成为‘melaka’(集合);‘sanja’(附着),加后缀‘ṇa’;带有前缀‘saṃ’的‘gami’加‘a’。显示巴利原文
Dvayaṃ paricaye. Thu abhitthave. Ci caye. Tikaṃ saṅgame. Mila silesane, ṇo, sakatthe ko, melako. Sanja saṅge, ṇo. Saṃpubbā gamito a.
770 于近处、附近之义,有‘sannidhi’一词;‘sannidhānaṃ’即‘sannidhi’,为阳性,此词亦用于安放义。词根‘nasa’(不见)加后缀‘ṇa’。词根‘disa’(看)加后缀‘yu’,词根替换为‘dissā’,并转为‘issa’的形式。显示巴利原文
770.Sannikaṭṭhamhi samīpe sannidhisaddo, sannidhānaṃ sannidhi, pume, ṭhapanepyayaṃ. Nasa adassane, ṇo. Disa pekkhane, yu, dissādeso, issattaṃ.
三词,用于谷物等的收割。【lū】意为切割,加【a】词缀,在【ṇa】词缀中为“abhilāvo”,在【yu】词缀中为“lavanaṃ”。二词,表示达到刹那。【pa】前缀加【thu】,意为称赞。【sara】意为行走,也指机会。两个【sama】词根,含义相同。显示巴利原文
Tikaṃ dhaññādīnaṃ lavane. Lū chedane, a. Ṇamhi abhilāvo. Yumhi lavanaṃ. Dvayaṃ khaṇappattiyaṃ. Papubbo thu abhitthave. Sara gamane, avasaro. Samāti dve tulyatthā.
771 四词,表示结束。【sā】意为使变细,加【yu】词缀,构成“osānaṃ”。【pari】前缀加此词根,构成“pariyosānaṃ”。【ukkaṃsa】与【atisaya】也用于表示卓越的意义。显示巴利原文
771. Catukkaṃ pariyosāne. Sā tanukaraṇe, yu, osānaṃ. Paripubbo pariyosānaṃ. Ukkaṃsātisayā pakaṭṭhepyuttā.
二词,表示形状。【visa】意为进入,构成“sanniveso”。【ṭhā】意为行走与回转,加【yu】词缀,构成“saṇṭhānaṃ”。上述二词是表示内部的名词基。或者,【abhi】意为系缚,加【ara】词缀,随顺词根意义的【abhi】构成“abbhantaraṃ”。【abbha】意为无有,构成“antaraṃ”。显示巴利原文
Dvayaṃ saṇṭhāne. Visa pavesane, sanniveso. Ṭhā gatinivattiyaṃ, yu, saṇṭhānaṃ. Dvayaṃ abbhantaravācakaṃ pāṭipadikaṃ. Atha vā abhi bandhane, aro, dhātvatthānuvattako abhi, abbhantaraṃ. Abbhābhāve antaraṃ.
772 有三种词形,同表“神变”之义。“hi”为“行走”义,加前缀“paṭi”,其中“hissa”变为“heraṇa”或“hīraṇa”,即成“pāṭiheraṃ”、“pāṭihīraṃ”。依“yad”等词缀,亦作“hāriyaṃ”与“pāṭihāriyaṃ”。或谓于敌对中方能运持,故称“pāṭihīraṃ”,加“ṇa”词缀而有“assī”变化;转“e”音时,为“pāṭiheraṃ”;在“ṇya”词缀下,则为“pāṭihāriyaṃ”。意指已断烦恼者应被摄持、应被令转起,故得“pāṭihīraṃ”等名,如此造作。显示巴利原文
772. Tikaṃ pāṭihāriye. Hi gatimhi, paṭito hissa heraṇa hīraṇa, pāṭiheraṃ, pāṭihīraṃ. Yadādinā hāriyañca, pāṭihāriyaṃ, atha vā paṭipakkhe haratīti pāṭihīraṃ, ṇo, assī. Ekārādese pāṭiheraṃ. Ṇyamhi pāṭihāriyaṃ, vihatupakkilesena paccāharitabbaṃ pavattetabbanti pāṭihīrantiādipi kātabbaṃ.
有两种词形,表示“应作之事”。从“kara”词根加“ricca”词缀,得“kiccaṃ”,也用于“必须作”之义;加“anīya”词缀,得“karaṇīyaṃ”。显示巴利原文
Dvayaṃ kattabbamatte. Karamhā ricca, kiccaṃ, avassaṃ kātabbepi. Anīyapaccaye karaṇīyaṃ.
这两种词形,意为以花等熏香、使水等带上香气。“由它而令成善妙”,故称“saṅkhāro”,加“ṇa”词缀而有“khara”音替代。“vasa”为“居住”义,加“yu”词缀而成“vāsanā”,也用来指烦恼等的特殊势力。此熏习有善、不善、无记三类,亦有应断与不应断之别。其中,善与无记者不应断。若是不善,因其极微细,唯有世尊以圣道能断,余人不能。依此说来,圣者岂非仍有堕恶趣的可能?实无可能,因为一切圣者已然断除作为堕恶趣之因的熏习。不善熏习有两种:作为身语业之因者,与作为堕恶趣之因者。其中,前者唯世尊以圣道能断,后者则一切圣者皆能以圣道断除。因此,“唯诸佛能断有随眠之烦恼,余人不能”之说,乃是就作为身语业之因的熏习而言,并非后者。于此,应作如是决断。显示巴利原文
Dvayaṃ pupphādinā udakādīnaṃ paribhāvane. Sundaraṃ karīyate yenāti saṅkhāro, ṇo, kharādeso. Vasa nivāse, yu, vāsanā, kilesādīnaṃ sattivisesepi. Sā hi kusalāpi atthi akusalāpi abyākatāpi, tathā pahātabbāpi atthi appahātabbāpi. Tattha yā kusalābyākatā, na sā pahātabbā. Yā pana akusalā, sā sukhumataratāya bhagavatoyeva ariyamaggena pahātabbā, nāññesaṃ. Evaṃ sante ariyānampi apāyūpapatti siyāti? Na siyā, sabbesameva ariyānaṃ apāyūpapattihetukāya vāsanāya pahīnattā. Duvidhā hi akusalā vāsanā kāyavacīpayogahetubhūtā ca apāyūpapattihetubhūtā ca. Tattha purimā bhagavatoyeva ariyamaggena pahātabbā, itarā sabbesampi ariyamaggenāti, tasmā yaṃ vuttaṃ ‘‘buddhāva savāsane kilese pajahituṃ sakkonti, nāññe’’ti, taṃ kāyavacīpayogahetubhūtaṃ vāsanaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ, netaranti niṭṭhametthāvagantabbaṃ.
773 三词,意为谷物等的腐败。【pū】意为净化,加【yu】词缀;加【a】词缀,得“pavo”;加【ṇa】词缀,得“nippāvo”。二词,意为恐惧。【tasa】意为惊惧,加【ara】词缀。以线缠绕,为“suttaveṭhanaṃ”。显示巴利原文
773. Tikaṃ dhaññādīnaṃ pūtakaraṇe. Pū pavane, yu. Apaccaye pavo. Ṇamhi nippāvo. Dvayaṃ tasare. Tasa ubbege, aro. Suttena veṭhanaṃ suttaveṭhanaṃ.
二词,意为难行处。由此而被通行,故称为“saṅkamo”;以此而移动,故称为“sañcāro”,难行处的移动,为“duggasañcāro”。二词,意为最初的开始。最初的步骤,为“pakkamo”与“upakkamo”。显示巴利原文
Dvayaṃ duggasañcāre. Saṅkamyate yenāti saṅkamo. Sañcaranti anenāti sañcāro, duggassa sañcāro duggasañcāro. Dvayaṃ paṭhamārambhe. Paṭhamaṃ kamo pakkamo, upakkamo ca.
774 三词,意为诵读。【paṭha】意为于言语中清晰表述,加【ṇa】词缀,为“pāṭho”;加前缀【ni】,为“nipāṭho”;加【a】词缀,为“nipaṭho”。二词,意为对被盗等物品的搜寻。【ci】意为积聚,此处积聚即指搜寻。【magga】意为搜寻,属【curādi】组,加【yu】词缀。此二词非阳性,此处亦涉及“saṃvikkhanaṃ”。显示巴利原文
774. Tikaṃ pāṭhe. Paṭha viyattiyaṃ vācāyaṃ, ṇo, pāṭho. Nipubbe nipāṭho, amhi nipaṭho. Dvayaṃ apaharitādino vatthuno anvesane. Ci caye, cayanamatra anvesanaṃ. Magga anvesane, curādi, yu, ete dve apume, saṃvikkhanaṃpyatra.
四词,意为拥抱。【liṅga】词根,意为行走。【sanja】,意为执着。【silisa】,意为拥抱。【guha】,意为遮蔽,加词缀【yu】,此处亦有【parirambho】。【rambha】,意为声音。显示巴利原文
Catukkaṃ āliṅgane. Liṅga gatyattho. Sanja saṅge. Silisa āliṅgane. Guha saṃvaraṇe, yu, parirambhopyatra. Rambha sadde.
775 四词,意为观看。【loka】,意为看见。【jhe】,意为思惟。【ikkha】,意为看见等义。【disa】,意为观察;表状态时,加词缀【yu】。显示巴利原文
775. Catukkaṃ ālokane. Loka dassane. Jhe cintāyaṃ. Ikkha dassanaṅkesu. Disa pekkhane, sabbatra bhāve yu.
四词,意为拒绝。【disa】,意为观察。【asu】,意为抛弃,即‘nirasanaṃ’。前缀【pati】接【ā】,【khā】意为言说。【kara】,意为造作;阴性词加【ati】或【avo】等词缀。显示巴利原文
Catukkaṃ nirākaraṇe. Disa pekkhane. Asu khepane, nirasanaṃ. Pati āpubbo khākathane. Kara karaṇe, itthiyamatiyavo vā,ti.
776 第五项:颠倒。前缀vipari-加意为抛掷的√asu,加ṇaṣ,构成vipallāsa(颠倒)。以不同的方式存在,即是异样(aññathābhāva)。前缀vipari-加意为行走的√aya,构成vipariyaya(颠倒)。加意为抛掷的√asu,构成vipariyāsa(颠倒)。显示巴利原文
776. Pañcakaṃ vipariyaye. Viparipubbo asu khepane, ṇo, vipallāso. Aññena pakārena bhavanaṃ aññathābhāvo. Viparipubbo aya gamane, vipariyayo. Asu khepane, vipariyāso.
三支:超越。超越的行为即atikkama(超越)。超越后坠落即atipāta(堕过)。加意为行走的√aya,构成upaccaya(积聚)。显示巴利原文
Tikaṃ atikkame. Atikkamanaṃ atikkamo. Atikkamma patanaṃ atipāto. Aya gamane, upaccayo.
第三 多义品释义显示巴利原文
3. Anekatthavaggavaṇṇanā
777 现在,继杂集品之后,我将从偈颂、半偈、句这三个方面,依次宣说具有多义、不同含义的samaya等词。在此多义品中,bhūta等词之所以重复出现,是为了区分阴性、阳性、中性等性别的特殊意义。显示巴利原文
777. Idāni saṃkiṇṇavaggato anantaraṃ gāthāto, gāthāya addhato, pādato cāti imehi tīhi pakārehi anekatthe nānatthe samayādike sadde kamā kamato pavakkhāmi. Ettha anekatthavagge ekassa bhūtasaddādikassa yā punaruttatā, sā thīpunnapuṃsakasaṅkhātaliṅgavisesatthaṃ katā.
778 表示集合等意义的samaya一词有众多用法,此处以“samaya”的单数形式统摄其类别。其中,在“缘于时与会”等句中,指和合,即诸缘的聚合。在“大林中的大集会,诸天众齐聚”等句中,指聚集。在“跋陀利,你尚未通达时机”等句中,指原因。在“唯有一刹那与一机会”等句中,指刹那、机会。在“现观之义”等句中,指通达。在“一时,世尊”等句中,指时间。在“通过完全断除正慢”等句中,指断除。在“贤者因义而现观”等句中,指获得。在“持时机论者的廷杜卡铁树皮衣”等句中,指邪见。显示巴利原文
778. Samavāyatthādivācake bahavo samayasadde jātiyā saṅgayha ‘‘samayo’’ti ekavacananiddeso kato. Tatra ‘‘kālañca samayañca upādāyā’’tyādīsu samavāye paccayasāmaggiyaṃ. ‘‘Mahāsamayo pavanasmiṃ, devakāyā samāgatā’’tyādīsu samūhe. ‘‘Samayopi kho te bhaddāli appaṭividdho’’tyādīsu kāraṇe. ‘‘Ekoyeva ca kho khaṇo ca samayo cā’’tyādīsu khaṇe okāse. ‘‘Abhisamayattho’’tyādīsu paṭivedhe. ‘‘Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā’’tyādīsu kāle. ‘‘Sammā mānābhisamayā’’tyādīsu pahāne. ‘‘Atthābhisamayā dhīro’’tyādīsu lābhe . ‘‘Samayappavādake tindukācire’’tyādīsu diṭṭhiyaṃ.
其中,由于是俱生原因,它正确地集合、会合,故为samaya,即和合。诸部分平等地、或共同地运行、转起、安住,故为samaya,即聚集,正如“集起”一词,正是诸部分共住的状态。其余诸缘会合时,果从此中生起、转起,故为samaya,即原因,正如“集起”一词。道与梵行于此刹那,在承载它的补特伽罗中正确地会合、聚集,故为samaya,即刹那。应以智慧正确地、面对面地到达、了知,故为abhisamaya,即诸法的无颠倒自性。以面对面的方式正确地到达、了知、觉悟,故为abhisamaya,即对诸法无颠倒自性的觉悟。有情于此时间集合,或以此时间与俱生法等结合、或与生起等结合,或自性法于此时间集合,故为samaya,即时间。因为时间仅是法的转起,虽非真实存在,却被假立为法转起之所依,如同工具,唯以假想成就的形态而施设。通往寂灭的途径,或正确地断除,故为samaya,即断除。集合、会合、合拢,故为samaya,即获得。它结合、联系,在其所缘中转起,或由于执取牢固,相应法依此邪见而转起,有情依此邪见而生起,故为samaya,即邪见。显示巴利原文
Tattha sahakārīkāraṇatāya sannijjhaṃ sameti samavetīti samayo, samavāyo. Samaṃ, saha vā avayavānaṃ ayanaṃ pavatti avaṭṭhānanti samayo, samūho, yathā – samudāyoti avayavasahāvatthānameva hi samūhoti. Avasesapaccayānaṃ samāgame eti phalaṃ etasmā uppajjati pavattati cāti samayo, kāraṇaṃ, yathā ‘‘samudāyo’’ti. Sametisamāgacchati ettha maggabrahmacariyaṃ tadādhārapuggalehīti samayo, khaṇo. Abhimukhaṃ ñāṇena sammā etabbo avagantabboti abhisamayo, dhammānaṃ aviparīto sabhāvo. Abhimukhabhāvena sammā eti gacchati bujjhatīti abhisamayo, dhammānaṃ aviparītasabhāvāvabodho. Sameti ettha, etena vā saṅgacchati satto, sabhāvadhammo vā sahajātādīhi, uppādādīhi vāti samayo, kālo, dhammappavattimattatāya atthato abhūtopi hi kālo dhammappavattiyā adhikaraṇaṃ viya, karaṇaṃ viya ca parikappanāmattasiddhena rūpena voharīyatīti. Samassa nirodhassa yānaṃ, sammā vā yānaṃ apagamoti samayo, pahānaṃ. Samiti saṅgati samodhānanti samayo, paṭilābho, sameti sambandho eti attano visaye pavattati, daḷhaggahaṇabhāvato vā sampayuttā ayanti pavattanti sattā yathābhinivesaṃ etenāti samayo, diṭṭhi. Diṭṭhisaṃyojanena hi sattā ativiya bajjhantīti, evaṃ tasmiṃ tasmiṃ atthe samayasaddassa pavatti veditabbā. Samayasaddassa atthuddhāre abhisamayasaddassa udāharaṇaṃ sopasaggo, anupasaggo ca samayasaddo samavāyādyatthavācako hotīti dassanatthaṃ. Evaṃ sabbatra udāharaṇaṃ taṃtadatthānurūpanibbacanādayo daṭṭhabbā.
779 形态,指长短等;色,指色处;种姓,指刹帝利等家族;皮,指外皮;量,指界限;字,指阿等字母;声誉,指随从与名声;德,指戒等功德,也指黄金等色泽。显示巴利原文
779.Saṇṭhānaṃ dīgharassādi. Rūpaṃ rūpāyatanaṃ, jāti khattiyādikulaṃ. Chavi bahicammaṃ, pamāṇaṃ mariyādo. Akkharaṃ akārādi , yaso parivāro, kitti ca. Guṇo sīlādi, tapaniyepi vaṇṇo.
780 巴帝摩卡:依比丘与比丘尼而有两种巴帝摩卡。在诵出时,指“僧团应行布萨”;在安立中,指“布萨名为龙王”。又说为禁食。八支,指“离杀生”等。布萨日,用于“今日十五日布萨”等语句中。显示巴利原文
780.Pātimokkhassa bhikkhubhikkhunīnaṃ vasena duvidhassa pātimokkhassa uddese ‘‘saṅgho uposathaṃ kareyyā’’ti . Paṇṇattiyaṃ ‘‘uposatho nāma nāgarājā’’ti . Upavāso vutto. Aṭṭhaṅgo ‘‘pāṇātipātā veramaṇi’’ādi. Uposathadinaṃ ‘‘ajjuposatho pannaraso’’tyādīsu .
781-782 轮有多种含义:轮辐,指一对车轮;轮相,指轮宝之相。在“我所转动的轮”等句中,指法轮。胸轮,又名刀轮,用于“轮在头顶旋转”句中。在“四轮、九门”等句中,指威仪轮。在“诸比丘,有此四轮,具足它们的天与人能令四轮转动”等句中,指成就轮。在“他继承父亲所转动的轮”等句中,指轮宝。圆轮,用于“火轮”等句以及“雷电轮”句中。力量,指体力。陶师,指制陶者,其工具为陶轮。在命令式中,说“他令众生之轮转动”。在武器中,指轮形武器。施,指所施之物。堆,指蕴。赞佛偈,也是偈颂。显示巴利原文
781-782.Rathaṅgaṃ cakkadvayaṃ. Lakkhaṇaṃ cakkalakkhaṇaṃ. ‘‘Mayā pavattitaṃ cakka’’ntyādīsu dhammacakke. Uracakkaṃ nāma khuracakkaṃ ‘‘cakkaṃ bhamati matthake’’ti . ‘‘Catucakkaṃ navadvāra’’ntyādīsu iriyāpathacakke. ‘‘Cattārimāni, bhikkhave, cakkāni, yehi samannāgatānaṃ devamanussānaṃ catucakkaṃ vattatī’’tyādīsu sampatticakke. ‘‘Pitarā pavattitaṃ cakkaṃ anuvattetī’’tyādīsu cakkaratane. Maṇḍalaṃ ‘‘alātacakka’’ntyādīsu ‘‘asanivicakka’’nti ca. Balaṃ thāmo. Kulālo kumbhakāro, tassa bhaṇḍe kulālacakkanti. Āṇāyaṃ ‘‘cakkaṃ vattayati pāṇīna’’nti . Āyudhe cakkākāre āyudhe. Dānaṃ deyyadhammo. Rāsi khandho. Saddhagāthāpi gāthāyeva.
杖、暴风雨等,或以六足、三足来分;
而“偈颂”一词,如别处所说,同样是标明韵律的名称。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Daṇḍakā caṇḍavuṭṭhyādi, pādehi chahi tīhi tu; Gāthāti ca paratthevaṃ, chandosaññā pakāsitā. Anantaroditaṃ cañña-metaṃ sāmaññanāmato; Gāthāicceva niddiṭṭhaṃ, munindavacane panā’’ti hi vuttaṃ.
神通、光辉、力与精进之生起,
龙王,这便是你的大天宫。
我与我的妻子,在人世间,
我俩皆具信心,同为施主;
那时我的家,犹如渡口一般,
供养沙门与婆罗门。
那是我的誓愿,亦是我的梵行,
这是他善行的果报;
具足神通、光辉、力量与精进。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kiṃ te vataṃ kiṃ pana brahmacariyaṃ, Kissa suciṇṇassa ayaṃ vipāko; Iddhijutibalaviriyūpapatti, Idañca te nāga mahāvimānaṃ. Ahañca bhariyā ca manussaloke, Saddhā ubho dānapatī ahumha; Opānabhūtaṃ me gharaṃ tadāsi, Santappitā samaṇabrāhmaṇā ca. Taṃ me vataṃ taṃ pana brahmacariyaṃ, Tassa suciṇṇassa ayaṃ vipāko; Iddhijutibalaviriyūpapatti, Idañca me dhīra mahāvimāna’’nti
这部《毗度罗贤者本生》所讲述的,正是布施。显示巴利原文
Imasmiṃ vidhurapaṇḍitajātake dānasmiṃ āgato.
“五髻,那样的梵行并非为了厌离,并非为了离欲,而仅仅是为了投生梵天界。”——此出自《大典尊经》中说四梵住之处。“此梵行成就、繁荣、广布、众人共知、遍满各处,乃至在人间被善加宣说。”——此出自《清净经》中总摄三学的完整教法。“他人将成为非梵行者,而我们在此将成为梵行者。”——此出自《渐损经》中说远离淫欲之处。显示巴利原文
‘‘Taṃ kho pana pañcasikha brahmacariyaṃ neva nibbidāya na virāgāya yāvadeva brahmalokūpapattiyā’’ti imasmiṃ mahāgovindasutte appamaññāsu. ‘‘Tayidaṃ brahmacariyaṃ iddhañceva phītañca vitthārikaṃ bāhujaññaṃ puthubhūtaṃ yāvadeva manussesu suppakāsita’’nti pāsādikasutte sikkhattayasaṅgahe sakalasmiṃ sāsane. ‘‘Pare abrahmacārī bhavissanti, mayamettha brahmacārino bhavissāmā’’ti imasmiṃ sallekhasutte methunā viratiyaṃ.
为何你的手能施予所欲,为何你的手流淌甜蜜;
你以何等梵行,令福德于手中成就。
由彼之手,施与所欲;由彼之手,流淌甘蜜;
凭此梵行,我之福德于手中成就。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kena pāṇi kāmadado, kena pāṇi madhussavo; Kena te brahmacariyena, puññaṃ pāṇimhi ijjhati. Tena pāṇi kāmadado, tena pāṇi madhussavo; Tena me brahmacariyena, puññaṃ pāṇimhi ijjhatī’’ti . –
这是关于《盎古罗饿鬼事》中的服务奉事。显示巴利原文
Imasmiṃ aṅkurapetavatthumhi veyyāvacce.
我们也不逾越妻子,
妻子们也不逾越我们;
我们于妻子之外,修梵行。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Mayañca bhariyā nātikkamāma, Amhe ca bhariyā nātikkamanti; Aññatra tā brahmacariyaṃ carāma, Tasmā hi amhaṃ daharā na miyyare’’ti . –
在《大法护本生经》中,关于满足于自妻。显示巴利原文
Mahādhammapālajātake sadāratuṭṭhiyaṃ.
“诸比丘,如是,那名为鹧鸪的梵行曾存在。”此《鹧鸪本生经》所说,是关于五戒。显示巴利原文
‘‘Evaṃ kho taṃ, bhikkhave, tittiriyaṃ nāma brahmacariyaṃ ahosī’’ti imasmiṃ tittirajātake pañcasīle.
然而,五髻,此梵行唯趣向厌离、离欲……乃至……此即是圣八支道——这是《大典尊经》中关于圣道的开示。显示巴利原文
‘‘Idaṃ kho pana pañcasikha brahmacariyaṃ ekantanibbidāya virāgāya…pe… ayameva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo’’ti mahāgovindasutteyeva ariyamagge.
以低劣的梵行,生于刹帝利族;
以中等的梵行,得生天界;以殊胜的梵行,证得清净。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Hīnena brahmacariyena, khattiye upapajjati; Majjhimena ca devattaṃ, uttamena visujjhatī’’ti . –
《尼弥本生经》中,述及以调伏自身而行的八关斋戒。显示巴利原文
Nimijātake attadamanavasena kate aṭṭhaṅguposathe.
“舍利弗,我确然了知:我曾行持具足四支的梵行,成为苦行者。”在《身毛竖立经》中,此即名为坚毅的精进。显示巴利原文
‘‘Abhijānāmi kho panāhaṃ, sāriputta, caturaṅgasamannāgataṃ brahmacariyaṃ caritvā tapassi sudaṃ homī’’ti lomahaṃsasutte dhitisaṅkhāte vīriye.
784 自性,即不颠倒义;教法,指应当学习的律、阿毗达摩及经;理趣,即合理,或具足行道、道等。所知,依行、相、色、涅槃、施设而有五种所知。无有情性,即没有有情的自性。于罪中,如“波罗夷法”;于“依法呵责”等语句中,指原因。以“等”字,还包括适时知者、譬喻、无害等义,他们亦是法。显示巴利原文
784.Sabhāvo aviparītattho. Pariyatti pariyāpuṇitabbā vinayābhidhammasuttantā. Ñāyo yutti, sappaṭipadā vā maggādayo. Ñeyye saṅkhāravikāralakkhaṇanibbānapaññattivasena pañcavidhe ñeyye. Nissattatā sattasabhāvassa abhāvatā. Āpattiyaṃ ‘‘pārājikaṃ dhamma’’nti. ‘‘Saha dhammena niggayhā’’tyādīsu kāraṇe. Ādinā samayaññūpamāhiṃsādīsupi dhammo.
785 用途,即果。在声所诠中,指声义。在增长中,指增长。在事物中,指物质。在毁坏中,指灭。在西山,指日落山。在回转、境、生起、自性等中,亦是此义。显示巴利原文
785.Payojanaṃ phalaṃ. Saddābhidheyye saddatthe. Vuḍḍhiyaṃ vaḍḍhane. Vatthumhi dabbe. Nāse vināse. Pacchimapabbate atthagirimhi. Nivattivisayuppattisabhāvādīsupi.
786 多数性,即众多性。无混杂,即不混合。在分离中,指别离。在坚固义中,指坚固词之义。在无过量中,指无过量之状态。在无余中,即一切,此唯作词通三性。显示巴利原文
786.Yebhuyyatā bāhulyatā. Abyāmissaṃ asammissaṃ. Visaṃyoge vippayoge. Daḷhatthe daḷhasaddassa atthe. Anatireke atirekābhāve. Anavasesamhi sabbasmiṃ, taṃ kevalavacanaṃ tīsu liṅgesu.
787 “Paṭalaṃ”:用于“diguṇaṃ saṅghāṭiṃ pārupitvā”(披着双层僧伽梨)等句中。“Vayoguṇā anupubbaṃ jahantī”(年龄的诸功德渐次舍弃)中,指集合。“Sataguṇā dakkhiṇā pāṭikaṅkhitabbā”(百倍的布施应被期许)中,指利益。束缚,即欲的功德。在非主要义中,指修饰语。弓弦。显示巴利原文
787. Paṭalaṃ ‘‘diguṇaṃ saṅghāṭiṃ pārupitvā’’tyādīsu . ‘‘Vayoguṇā anupubbaṃ jahantī’’ti rāsimhi. ‘‘Sataguṇā dakkhiṇā pāṭikaṅkhitabbā’’ti ānisaṃse. Bandhanaṃ kāmaguṇaṃ. Appadhāne visesane. Jiyāya dhanuno.
788-789 “Rukkhādo”指以树等为食者。“Vijjamāne”指存在的功德。“Arahante”用于“yo ca kālaghaso bhūto, sabhūtapaciniṃ pacī”(那已存在的食时者,烹煮了收集一切存在者)一句中。“Khandhapañcake”用于“bhūtamidaṃ, sāriputta, samanupassathā”(舍利弗,你们观察这已存在的)一句中。“Satte”指有情。“Mahābhūte”指地等大种。“Amanusso”指天、罗刹等非人。当不具有“存在”之义时,“rukkhādo”不构成阴性词;而当它具备“存在”义,或表示过去等时,则通于三性。“Patte”指已到达者。“Same”指相等、同等之义。显示巴利原文
788-789.Rukkhādo dumādimhi. Vijjamāne bhūtaguṇe. Arahante ‘‘yo ca kālaghaso bhūto, sabhūtapaciniṃ pacī’’ti . Khandhapañcake ‘‘bhūtamidaṃ, sāriputta, samanupassathā’’ti . Satte pāṇimhi. Mahābhūte pathavādike. Amanusso devarakkhasādi. Vijjamānatthavajjite rukkhādo nāriyaṃ na bhavati, vijjamānatthe, pana atītādīsu ca vāccaliṅgo. Patte sampatte. Same tulyatthe.
790 “Sajjane”意指善士。显示巴利原文
790.Sajjane sappurise.
791 “Padapūraṇe”用作添衬之词,如“suttanta vanantā”(经、林)等句中。“Dehāvayave”表示身体的部分,如“antaṃ antaguṇa”(末端、内脏)等句中;也有说法认为指身体及其部分。“Koṭṭhāse”表示一部分,如“ayameko anto”(这是一部分)等句中。“Lāmakaṃ”指低劣的。显示巴利原文
791. Padapūraṇe ‘‘suttanta vanantā’’tyādīsu. Dehāvayave ‘‘antaṃ antaguṇa’’ntyādīsu . Deho ca avayavo cāti eke. Koṭṭhāse ‘‘ayameko anto’’tyādīsu . Lāmakaṃ nihīnakaṃ.
792 “Nikāyo”指与法同行者的团体。“Sandhi”指结生。“Sāmaññe”指于共通性中持有差别。“Pasūti”指从母胎出生,“kulaṃ”指刹帝利等家族。“Bhavo”指存在的行为。“Visesyo”指所依,据此,在已作出区别的“sabala”等词中,未作区别的“dhī”音得以使用。“Sumanāyaṃ”指茉莉花。“Saṅkhatalakkhaṇe”指有为法的相。显示巴利原文
792.Nikāyo sadhammīnaṃ gaṇo. Sandhi paṭisandhi. Sāmaññe visesādhāre. Pasūti mātukucchito nikkhamanaṃ, kulaṃ khattiyādikulaṃ. Bhavo bhavanakriyā. Visesyo upādhi, yassa vasena bhinnesu sabalādīsu abhinnā dhīsaddā vattante. Sumanāyaṃ mālatiyaṃ. Saṅkhatalakkhaṇe saṅkhatadhammānaṃ lakkhaṇe.
793 “Bhavabhedo”指欲有等。“Patiṭṭhāyaṃ”指依止处。“Niṭṭhā”指完成。“Ajjhāsayo”指意向。“Buddhi”指智。“Vāsaṭṭhānaṃ”指住处。“Visarattaṃ”指散乱性。另有一处异读作“visadatthe”,此时应知“sada”词根具有散乱的意义。显示巴利原文
793.Bhavabhedo kāmabhavādi. Patiṭṭhāyaṃ nissaye. Niṭṭhā nipphatti. Ajjhāsayo adhippāyo. Buddhi ñāṇaṃ. Vāsaṭṭhānaṃ vasanaṭṭhānaṃ. Visarattaṃ visaraṇabhāvo. ‘‘Visadatthe’’tipi pāṭho, tadā sadadhātussa visaraṇatthatā daṭṭhabbā.
794 “Phale”指须陀洹等果。“Aniccādianupassanā”名为观(无常等随观)。“Magge”指入流道等。显示巴利原文
794.Phale sotāpattādike. Aniccādianupassanā vipassanā nāma. Magge sotāpattimaggādike.
795 “Kammāruddhanaṃ”指金匠的炉灶,即金匠所用的火炉。“Aṅgārakapallaṃ”指炭火盆。“Dīpikā”指以蜂蜡等制成的灯具。“Suvaṇṇakāramūsā”指陶制的坩埚,为一种容器变体。此外,在风的势力中,“ukkā”一词亦指所谓“devadudrabhī”。显示巴利原文
795.Kammāruddhanaṃ kammārānaṃ uddhanaṃ, kammārānaṃ yathā ukkāti. Aṅgārakapallaṃ aṅgārānaṃ bhājanaṃ. Dīpikā nāma madhucchiṭṭhādimayā padīpakiccakārikā. Suvaṇṇakāramūsā mattikamayā ekā bhājanavikati. Vāyuno vege ca ukkāsaddo, yo ‘‘devadudrabhī’’ti vutto.
796 “Kesohāraṇaṃ”意为剃发。“Jīvitavutti”意为谋生。“Vapanaṃ”意为播种。“Vāpasamakaraṇaṃ”意为平整已播的种子。“Pavuttabhāvo”意为从束缚中解脱。显示巴利原文
796.Kesohāraṇaṃ kesānaṃ lavanaṃ. Jīvitavutti jīvitassa vattanaṃ. Vapanaṃ bījassa vapanaṃ. Vāpasamakaraṇaṃ vapitassa bījassa samakaraṇaṃ. Pavuttabhāvo bandhanā mutti.
797-798 “Suto”意为著名的、显著的。“Avadhārite”意为确定的。“Upacite”意为积聚的。“Anuyogo”意为询问。“Kilinne”意为湿润的。“Sotaviññeyyaṃ”意为声处。“Satthaṃ”意为声明等学问,或一种名为“suta”的特殊学问。在这两种含义中,“suta”为中性。在儿子义中,“suto”为阳性;在国王义中,亦为“suto”。显示巴利原文
797-798.Suto vissute pākaṭe. Avadhārite upalakkhite. Upacite rāsīkate. Anuyogo pucchā. Kilinne tinte. Sotaviññeyyaṃ saddāyatanaṃ. Satthaṃ saddasatthādi, sutanāmako vā eko satthaviseso. Etesu dvīsu atthesu sutaṃ napuṃsakaṃ. Putte suto pulliṅgo, rājinipi suto.
799 Yuge:指四劫等。Leso:指推论智的所缘。Paññattiyaṃ:用于“kappatthero”(劫长老)。Paramāyumhi:用于“kappaṃ saggamhi modatī”(在天上享乐一劫)。在其他劫等义中为阳性,在相似义中则为三性通用。Samaṇavohāro:指依律而得的沙门称呼。Kappabindu:指衣上所作的点。Samantatte:指周遍性。Antarakappo:指大劫的八十分之一,以“ādi”一词摄无量大劫。Takke:指思惟。Vidhi:指方法。显示巴利原文
799.Yuge katādicatukke. Leso anumānañāṇavisayo. Paññattiyaṃ ‘‘kappatthero’’ti. Paramāyumhi ‘‘kappaṃ saggamhi modatī’’ti. Aññatra kappādīsu pulliṅge. Sadise pana tīsu liṅgesu. Samaṇavohāro vinayāgato samaṇānaṃ vohāro. Kappabindu cīvare katabindu. Samantatte samantabhāve. Antarakappo mahākappassa asītimo bhāgo. Ādisaddena asaṅkhyeyyamahākappe saṅgaṇhāti. Takke vitakke. Vidhi vidhānaṃ.
800 Virati:指三离。Sapatho:指咒骂。Tacche:指真实。Ariyasaccamhi:指苦圣谛等。Diṭṭhi:指邪见。显示巴利原文
800.Virati viratittayaṃ. Sapatho akkoso. Tacche tathabhāve. Ariyasaccamhi dukkhasaccādike. Diṭṭhi micchādiṭṭhi.
801 Sañjātideso:指出生地,如“kambojo assāyatanaṃ”(甘蒲阇是马之产地)。Vāsaṭṭhānaṃ nivāsaṭṭhānaṃ:指居住地,如“devānaṃ devāyatanaṃ”(诸天之处所)。Ākaro:指矿藏,即金、银等产生之处。Samosaraṇaṭṭhānaṃ:指集会处,即众人聚集之处。Padapūraṇe:用于填充音节,如“kammāyatanaṃ, sippāyatanaṃ”(业处、工巧处)等。显示巴利原文
801.Sañjātideso ‘‘kambojo assāyatana’’nti. Vāsaṭṭhānaṃ nivāsaṭṭhānaṃ ‘‘devānaṃ devāyatana’’nti. Ākaroti yattha suvaṇṇarajatādayo uppajjanti. Samosaraṇaṭṭhānaṃ bahūnaṃ sannipātaṭṭhānaṃ. Padapūraṇe ‘‘kammāyatanaṃ, sippāyatana’’nti.
802 Vatthaṃ(布),即指衣服。Añño(其他),指不属于自己之物。Odhi(界限),即范围、边际。Bhedo(差别),即种种不同。Manasipi cittepi,指‘意’与‘心’两者。显示巴利原文
802.Vatthaṃ ambaraṃ. Añño yo sako na hoti. Odhi mariyādo. Bhedo viseso. Manasipi cittepi.
803 在异熟中,指对于可悦异熟善巧通达者。在“无过失”等词语中,其次第所示的语法性随所修饰的词而定。显示巴利原文
803.Vipāke iṭṭhavipāke kusalo. Anavajjādīsu vāccaliṅgiko.
804 Dravo(浆液),指蜜、糖汁等。也指甜、酸等六味中的液状物。Pārado(水银),即汞。Siṅgārādo(艳情等),指九种戏剧情趣。就色、血、肉、脂、骨、髓、脑而言,有这七种身体元素及其细分。在功能上,指触觉等诸法的撞击摩擦等作用。Sampatti(成就),也同样是指这些法本身的状态。显示巴利原文
804.Dravo madhvādi. Madhurādīsu chasu rasesu. Pārado sūto. Siṅgārādo nava nāṭyarase. Rasarattamaṃsamedaṭṭhisukkaṭṭhimiñjavasena satta dhātavo, tabbhede. Kicce phassādidhammānaṃ saṅghaṭṭanādikicce. Sampatti tesaṃyeva.
805 “菩提”一词,在指两种智(道智与果智)时,为阴性;用作菩提王子等人名时,为阳性。指称阿说他树(菩提树)时,可为阳性或阴性。显示巴利原文
805.Bodhisaddo ñāṇadvaye nāriyaṃ, bodhirājakumārādipaññattiyaṃ pume. Assattharukkhe pumitthiyaṃ.
806 Yena kattubhūtena yo kammabhūto niccasevito——当说“施事者恒常亲近某个业处”时,此处亦指作为业的对象。Visayo(境)即不异有性(决定不移的状态)。Janapade(于国土)指俱卢等。Gocare(行境)指以彼为主的习性。显示巴利原文
806.Yena kattubhūtena yo kammabhūto niccasevito, tatthāpi kammabhūte. Visayo anaññathābhāvo. Janapade kuruādike. Gocare tabbahulācāre.
807 Sattā(存在)一词,指存有之状态。显示巴利原文
807.Sattāyaṃ vijjamānatāyaṃ.
808 在“亲属”义中,此词为阳性。在“自己”义中,则为中性。在“财富”义中,为阳性或中性,而非阴性。在“狗”义中,据说为阳性。在“属于自己的”义中,此词具足三性。显示巴利原文
808. Bandhave so pume. Attani saṃ napuṃsake. Dhanasmiṃ so saṃ anitthiyaṃ. Sunakhe sā pume vutto. Attaniye so tiliṅgiko.
809 “Chavisampattiyaṃ”(于皮肤之成就)即“chaviyā sampattiyaṃ”(于皮肤之良好状态)。显示巴利原文
809.Chavisampattiyaṃ chaviyā sampattiyaṃ.
810 “Jāmātā”(女婿)即“dhītusāmiko”(女儿的丈夫)。“Mandappiye appapiye”(于少可爱、不可爱中),“varaṃ”为不变化词。显示巴利原文
810.Jāmātā dhītusāmiko. Mandappiye appapiye varaṃ abyayaṃ.
811 Makule(于花蕾中)指未绽放的状态。Nettiṃsādipidhāne(于刀剑等鞘中)指刀剑等藏纳之处。显示巴利原文
811.Makule avikāsasampatte. Nettiṃsādipidhāne khaggādīnaṃ gehe.
812 Pitāmaho(祖父)即指梵天。Pitūsu(于父亲们中)指于父母中。Tathā pakkhantare(同理,在其他教派中)。Tapasi(于苦行中)指于戒中。显示巴利原文
812.Pitāmaho brahmā. Pitūsu mātāpitūsu. Tathā pakkhantare. Tapasi sīle.
813-814 813-814. 胸带:胸部的绑缚。前臂:肘关节以下的部分。腋下之带:下衣的牢固系缚。以及于腰带等,kacchā 一词用于四种意义。Kaccha 指蔓藤等。Kaccha 指臂根处,即腋毛已生长之处,如说“从腋窝流出汗来”。Anūpa 指多水之地。显示巴利原文
813-814.Majjhabandhe urobandhane. Pakoṭṭho kapparassādhobhāgo. Kacchabandhanaṃ adhombarassa daḷhabandhanaṃ. Mekhalāyañcāti kacchā catūsvatthesu. Kaccho latādīsu. Kaccho bāhumūlamhi parūḷhakacchanakhalome, ‘‘kacchehi sedā muñcantī’’ti. Anūpo bahūdakadeso.
815 815. Mānaṃ:以秤、容器、指宽等来量度。Pamātari:实施量度者。显示巴利原文
815.Mānaṃ tulāpatthaṅgulīhi. Pamātari pamāṇassa kattari.
816 816. Dabba:财富。自身:五蕴的集合。命:命根。在财富等四者中,satta 指有情。Sattā 指存在于存在性中。Satta 指人。Satta 一词,在执著、黏着的意义上为三性。显示巴利原文
816.Dabbaṃ dhanaṃ. Attabhāvo pañcakkhandhasamūho. Pāṇo jīvitindriyaṃ. Dabbādīsu catūsu sattaṃ. Sattāyaṃ vijjamānatāyaṃ sattā. Jane satto. So sattasaddo, āsatte laggite tiliṅgiko.
817 817. 痰等属于三体液。味、血等如前已说。光明等属于色界。眼等属于所缘界。显示巴利原文
817.Semhādo tidose. Rasarattādi pubbevutto. Pabhādike rūpadhātumhi. Cakkhādike visayadhātumhi.
818 大臣等七种根本已说。七种属格形态,即七、银、黑暗这三种性质的属格形态。从ṇa缘等开始,在处于第一变位的“做”等词根中。显示巴利原文
818. Amaccādikā satta pakatiyo vuttā. Sattādisāmyavatthā sattarajatamabhūtānaṃ tiṇṇaṃ guṇānaṃ sāmyavatthā. Paccayā ṇapaccayādito paṭhame paṭhamasaṇṭhite karotyādidhātumhi.
819 救护即保护。在基处、场所中。足印即脚站立之处。显示巴利原文
819.Parittāṇaṃ rakkhaṇaṃ. Vatthumhi okāse. Tallañchanaṃ pādassa ṭhānaṃ.
820 铜锤,即铜制的锤。铙钹等,指公认的铙钹、青铜铙钹等。坚硬,即粗涩。显示巴利原文
820.Lohamuggare lohamaye muggare. Tāḷādike sammatāḷakaṃsatāḷādike. Kaṭhine kakkhaḷe.
821 821.蝇,指绿头蝇等。其种类有:毒蝇、蜜蜂及黄褐色蝇。于「蜜、微小、少量」等四种意义中,适用于三性。卑劣即低贱。孤苦者即独行者。显示巴利原文
821.Makkhikā nīlamakkhikādikā. Tāsaṃ bhedā savisā madhukatā piṅgalamakkhikā. Madhumhi khuddaṃ appakādīsu catūsvatthesu vattamānaṃ tīsu liṅgesu. Adhamo nihīno. Kapaṇo ekacārī.
822 822.于酪浆等乳制品之殊胜者中。死相,即告知死亡之征相。于「不净、净」等四种意义中,为ariṭṭha一词。漏,指酒之殊胜种类。泡沫树即“baḍī-yौ-kho”。显示巴利原文
822.Takke gorasavisese. Maraṇaliṅge maraṇañāpakalakkhaṇe. Asubhe, subhe cāti catūsvatthesu ariṭṭhaṃ. Āsavo majjaviseso. Pheṇiladdumo ‘‘baḍī-yौ-kho’’.
823 823.为房舍作木制绑缚之用者,名为基座。作为两翼及椽尖等之所依者,即基座。显示巴利原文
823. Gehānaṃ dārubandhappayojanaṃ pīṭhikā nāma. Pakkhandadvayassa, kaṇṇikādīnañca nissayabhūtā pīṭhikā.
824 于显现为朋友的形象中,纵非友亦呈友态。于力量、堆积、灾祸中,亦有人说为“力量的堆积”。显示巴利原文
824.Mittākāre amittassāpi mittasaṇṭhāne. Bale, rāsimhi, vipattiyañca, ‘‘balassa rāsī’’tipi eke.
825 于蕴,指色蕴。于有,指色有。于相,指原因。身,即身体。显示巴利原文
825.Khandhe rūpakkhandhe. Bhave rūpabhave. Nimittamhi kāraṇe. Vapu sarīraṃ.
826 于事欲与烦恼欲中:即指事欲和烦恼欲。于欲爱中:指魔罗天子。于淫欲中:指性行为。于无欲求中:指无愿望、中性的欲。于允许中:“欲”为不变词,表存在。显示巴利原文
826.Vatthukilesakāmesūti vatthukāmakilesakāmesu. Madane māradevaputte. Rate methune. Nikāme icchārahite kāmaṃ napuṃsake. Anuññāyaṃ kāmamabyayaṃ bhave.
827 在乐器面板中:指维那琴的共鸣箱面板。象的:指大象的鼻尖,即象鼻前端。显示巴利原文
827.Vajjabhaṇḍamukhe vīṇādoṇimukhe. Mātaṅgassa hatthino karakoṭi hatthaggaṃ.
828 “Rambho”意指欺诈,即欺骗。“Asaccaṃ”意指虚妄。“Ayoghanaṃ”意指用以击打之物。“Girisiṅgamhi”意指山顶。“Sīraṅge”意指犁头。“Yante”意指机关、陷阱。显示巴利原文
828.Rambho saṭhyaṃ, ketavantyattho. Asaccaṃ musā. Ayoghanaṃ yena paharati. Girisiṅgamhi giragge. Sīraṅge phālaṅge. Yante kūṭayante.
830 “Paṭivākye”意为答语,即回答。“Uttarāsaṅge”意为上衣,即穿在上面的衣服。“Uttaro”则在最优、其他、上方三种意义中被宣说。显示巴利原文
830.Paṭivākye paṭivacane. Uttarāsaṅge uparivatthe. Seṭṭhādīsu uttaro tīsu, parasmiṃ uparismiñca īrito.
831 解脱:指阿拉汉果,也指道与涅槃。显示巴利原文
831.Vimutti arahattaphalaṃ magganibbānānipi.
832 “有为”:指由因缘所造作的法。福行、非福行、不动行,称为福行等。“精勤”:指努力。身行、语行、心行,称为身行等。“造作”:即造作的行为。显示巴利原文
832.Saṅkhate paccayābhisaṅkhate dhamme. Puññābhisaṅkhāro, apuññābhisaṅkhāro, āneñjābhisaṅkhāroti puññābhisaṅkhārādi. Payogo ussāho. Kāyasaṅkhāro, vacīsaṅkhāro, cittasaṅkhāroti kāyasaṅkhārādi. Abhisaṅkharaṇaṃ abhisaṅkharaṇakriyā.
833 “在彼有中”:指与邪见俱行。显示巴利原文
833.Tabbhāve diṭṭhisahagataṃ.
834 于适宜中:即恰当的。被覆盖:指以草等遮蔽。隐秘:即空闲处。于施设中:‘channo’指比丘,唯在施设中作男性。显示巴利原文
834.Patirūpe yutte. Chādite tiṇādīhi. Raho suññaṭṭhānaṃ. Paññattiyaṃ channo bhikkhu, paññattiyaṃyeva pume.
835 佛眼:即诸佛之眼。普眼:即一切知智。法眼:即下三道之智。显示巴利原文
835.Buddhacakkhu buddhānaṃ cakkhu. Samantacakkhu sabbaññutañāṇaṃ. Dhammacakkhu heṭṭhāmaggattaye ñāṇaṃ.
836 前进:即应前进者。显示巴利原文
836.Abhikkamo abhikkamanīyo.
837 同义词:指含义相同的词。类别:指区分、分别。机会:指空间、余地。显示巴利原文
837.Vevacanaṃ abhinnattho saddo. Pakārasmiṃ bhede. Avasaro avakāso.
838 彩绘业:画师们的工作。种种:指各种各类。施设中:‘citto’唯指持弓者。‘cittamāso’:指以与满月相关的citta星宿为标志的月份。星宿间:指citta星宿。阴性:指女人。显示巴利原文
838.Cittakammaṃ cittakārānaṃ kammaṃ. Vicitte nānāvidhe. Paññattiyaṃ citto dhanudharoyeva. Cittamāso puṇṇenduyuttena cittena nakkhattena lakkhito māso. Tārantare cittanakkhatte. Thiyaṃ nāriyaṃ.
839 Sāmale:青色。Sayaṃsaddassa atthe:指‘自己’一词的意义。Sārivā:优婆塞。显示巴利原文
839.Sāmale nīle. Sayamatthe sayaṃsaddassa atthe. Sārivā upāsakā.
840 以“Pume”等前半部分说明 guru(重)之义,以后半部分说明 garu(尊敬)之义。依据“ekadesekattamanaññaṃve”的理则,在《同义品》中,由认为两者为一或认为两者为异者作了解说。Mahante:大,多。Dujjare:难以令其腐朽,或难以做到的。显示巴利原文
840.‘‘Pume’’tyādinā pubbaddhena gurusaddassa atthā vuttā, aparaddhena garusaddassa, ‘‘ekadesekattamanaññaṃve’’ti nyāyena dvinnampi ekattamaññamānena gāthānekatthavagge kathitā. Mahante bahutte. Dujjare jīrāpetumasakkuṇeyye, dukkare vā.
841 Accite:被供养的。Khinne:疲倦的,达到疲劳的。Samite:平息的。显示巴利原文
841.Accite pūjite. Khinne kilamathappatte. Samite upasamite.
842 Visuddhidevo(清净天)、sammutidevo(施设天)、upapattidevo(化生天),这些即是 visuddhidevādi(清净天等)。Nabhaṃ:虚空。显示巴利原文
842. Visuddhidevo, sammutidevo, upapattidevo cāti visuddhidevādi. Nabhaṃ ākāso.
在“年轻”等三种意义中,称为“青年”。显示巴利原文
Taruṇādīsu tīsvatthesu māṇavo.
843 于“初”等意义中,为“最胜”。Vare:指“最上”等三词。显示巴利原文
843. Ādyatthādīsu aggaṃ. Vare seṭṭhe tīsu.
Paccanīko:敌人。Aññe:于其他意义。Pacchābhāge:后半部分,即“由词根、词性等诸缘”。显示巴利原文
Paccanīko sattu. Aññe aññatthe. Pacchābhāge ‘‘dhātuliṅgehi parā paccayā’’ti.
844 Yoni:女根,即产道。Kāmo:欲求。Sirī:慧与福德。Issaraṃ:自在、权能。Dhammo:戒等法。Uyyāmo:精进。Yaso:眷属与声誉。显示巴利原文
844.Yoni itthīnaṃ yonimaggo. Kāmo icchā. Sirī paññā, puñño ca. Issaraṃ pabhutā. Dhammo sīlādi. Uyyāmo vīriyaṃ. Yaso parivāro, kitti ca.
845 Samaṅgini:具足者、具备者。显示巴利原文
845.Samaṅgini samannāgate.
846 Ṭhiti:住立,即安住、停留的状态。显示巴利原文
846.Ṭhiti ṭhānakriyā.
848 Khandhakoṭṭhāso:蕴的部分。Aṇḍajādicatukkaṃ:卵生等四类。Passāvamaggo:女性的产道。So pulliṅgo:该词为阳性。Kūle tīre:岸边。显示巴利原文
848.Khandhakoṭṭhāso aṇḍajādicatukkaṃ. Passāvamaggo itthīnaṃ yoni. So pulliṅgo. Kūle tīre.
849 Nāgo一词,可指蛇,也可指象。显示巴利原文
849.Nāgotunāgasaddo tu. Urage sappe, hatthini ca.
850 Saṅkhyā即计算。另有人说“在其他意义上”。显示巴利原文
850.Saṅkhyā gaṇanā. ‘‘Aññatthe’’tyeke vadanti.
851 Bha(星宿)指特定的星宿。Santike(附近)指近处。Mūla(根)指贪等根本。Pābhata(本金)指原始资本。Aṃsa(部分)指身体的组成部分。Pakaṇḍa(树干)指树等的主体。显示巴利原文
851.Bhe nakkhattavisese. Santike samīpe. Mūlamūle lobhādike. Pābhate mūladhane. Aṃso sarīrāvayavo. Pakaṇḍe rukkhādīnaṃ sarīre.
852 Kamma(业)指行为。Vikopana(破坏)即毁坏。显示巴利原文
852.Kamme kriyāyaṃ. Vikopanaṃ viddhaṃsanaṃ.
853 Pacchātāpa(追悔)即懊悔。Anubandha(随行)指反复地生起。Rāga(贪)等七种。Mātaṅga(象)头顶的Kumbha(额瘤),指那两团隆起的肉。显示巴利原文
853.Pacchātāpo vippaṭisāro. Anubandho punappunaṃ pavattanaṃ. Rāgādo sattake. Mātaṅgassa muddhani piṇḍadvaye kumbho.
854 Khaggakosa(剑鞘)意指藏剑之处。Paṭicchada(覆盖)即全面遮蔽。Sārambha(喧闹)指吵杂之声。显示巴利原文
854.Khaggakose khaggapidhāne. Paṭicchade samantato chādane. Sārambhe kolāhale.
855 Kālavisesa(特定时间)指十刹那的时间。Nibyāpāraṭṭhiti(无作用而住)意为短暂停留,即比十刹那更短的停留。显示巴利原文
855.Kālaviseso dasaccharakālo. Nibyāpāraṭṭhiti aciraṭṭhiti, aciraṭṭhitīti dasaccharatopi ūnaṭṭhiti.
Uppattibhūmi(出生地)即诞生之地。显示巴利原文
Uppattibhūmi jātibhūmi.
856 于段食等四食之中。显示巴利原文
856.Kabaḷīkārāhārādīsu catūsu.
857 Saddhā(信):不依他而生信。衣等四种之中。Ādhāra(依止):即所依。显示巴利原文
857. Saddhāya aparappaccaye. Cīvarādīsu catūsu. Ādhāro nissayo.
天住、圣住、梵住,合称天住等。Sugatālaya(善逝住处)指比丘们的住所。显示巴利原文
Dibbavihāro, ariyavihāro, brahmavihāro cāti dibbavihārādi. Sugatālaye bhikkhūnamāvāse.
858 Samattana意为完成、结束。通过‘ca’字,也摄取了‘决定’等义。显示巴利原文
858.Samattane niṭṭhāyaṃ. Cakārena niyamādike saṅgaṇhāti.
于执著中。于欲贪等四组。显示巴利原文
Saṅge lagge. Kāmādo catukke.
859 在蛇的颈冠与肢体上:指蛇的颈冠和身体部位。在弯曲中:即具有弯曲性。受用:指进食的行为。显示巴利原文
859.Sappaphaṇaṅgesūti sappassa phaṇe, aṅge ca sarīre. Koṭille kuṭilatāya. Bhuñjanaṃ bhojanakriyā.
“地”之部分:如王宫广场等处;“烦恼”即杂染;“垢秽”即贪等。显示巴利原文
Bhūmibhāge rājaṅgaṇādimhi. Kilese saṃkilese. Male rāgādike.
860 “财富等慢”:指缘于财富等而生起的慢。显示巴利原文
860.Dhanādidappeti dhanādike paṭicca uppanne dappe.
“相”即原因;“诡诈”即欺骗。显示巴利原文
Nimitte kāraṇe. Chale saṭhye.
861 此是阳性词。于胜义我中:指诸见所执取的我。于柱中:指房屋等的柱子。军队的装备:即作战时军队的准备。显示巴利原文
861.So pulliṅgo. Paramattani diṭṭhīnaṃ gāhaladdhe attani. Thambhasmiṃ gehādīnaṃ thambhe. Balasajjanaṃ yuddhakāle balassa sajjanaṃ.
862 谷仓:即储存谷物等的房舍。显示巴利原文
862.Kusūlo dhaññādīnaṃ gehaṃ.
于阶梯的部分中:指阶梯的顶端。显示巴利原文
Sopānaṅgamhi sopānasīse.
863 在树脂中,即黏液;在顶髻中,即在头部;在象牙桩中,即插于墙壁等处的象牙形桩。显示巴利原文
863.Niyyāse silese. Sekhare sīse. Nāgadantake bhittiādīsu pavesite nāgadantākāre daṇḍe.
顶髻,即羽毛;箭囊,即藏箭处;群,即聚集。显示巴利原文
Sikhaṇḍo piñchaṃ. Tūṇīre usunidhimhi. Nikare samūhe.
864 在结缚的头发中,即被系束的头发。显示巴利原文
864.Saṃyatakesesu bandhitakesesu.
贝壳:一种水生动物。额骨:额头之骨。脚踝:脚的关节处。显示巴利原文
Kambu jalajantuviseso. Nalāṭaṭṭhi nalāṭe jātaṭṭhi. Gopphake pādagaṇṭhimhi.
865 时:十五日等时间量。所应成就:指应被成就的钵。友:同伴。速力:获得。跛者:拄凳而行的跛者。显示巴利原文
865.Kāle pañcadasīdivasaparimāṇe. Sādhye pattasādhanīye. Sakhī sahāyo. Vājo pattaṃ. Paṅguḷo pīṭhasampī.
地方:指地域、特别之处。海洋:指大海。这两个词为男性词。而sindhu一词,指河流、河中。显示巴利原文
Dese desavisese. Aṇṇave samudde, ete pume. So sindhusaddo saritāyaṃ nadiyaṃ bhave.
866 “kareṇu”一词,用于象或公象时为阳性词,用于母象时则为阴性词。显示巴利原文
866.Kareṇusaddo gaje hatthimhi, purise pulliṅge vattati. Hatthiniyaṃ tu itthiyaṃ.
“宝石”指宝石、殊胜之宝石。“宝石穿孔”,即世间所称的“cina”。“因陀罗武器”指因陀罗的武器。显示巴利原文
Ratane ratanavisese. Maṇivedho nāma yaṃ loke ‘‘cina’’ iti vuccati. Indaheti indāvudho.
867 “末端”指尽头。“演奏”指琵琶等乐器的演奏方法。显示巴利原文
867.Koṭiyaṃ ante. Vādittavādane vīṇādivādittavādanopāye.
“koṇo”一词,亦用于表示金刚类别等;
“koṇo”一词,用于表示石球;
用于表示琵琶等演奏的方法。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Koṇo vajjappabhede ca, Koṇo selaguḷe ije; Vīṇādivādanopāye, Ekadese gatassa ce’’ti. –
——《三篇》之余。显示巴利原文
Tikaṇḍaseso.
868 “商路”指商人们从事交易行为的道路。“明智者”指明智、殊胜的明智,亦指商人聚落。显示巴利原文
868.Vaṇippathe vāṇijānaṃ vohārakammapathe. Vede vedavisese, vāṇijepi nigamo.
于“争论”等语中,如“争论诤事”等。“依处”指的是特殊的造作者,亦是所依。于“原因”义中,如“凡以此而为诤事”等。显示巴利原文
Vivādādo ‘‘vivādādhikaraṇa’’ ntyādīsu. Ādhāro kārakaviseso, nissayo ca. Kāraṇe ‘‘yatvādhikaraṇamena’’nti .
869 在牛中。大地。言语。以这些摄取了天空、光线、金刚、月亮、水等。显示巴利原文
869.Pasumhi goṇe. Vasudhā pathavī. Vācā vacanaṃ. Ādinā saggaraṃsivajiracandajalādayo gahitā.
在绿色中,指如鹦鹉羽毛般的颜色种类。在瓦苏提婆中,指黑天。显示巴利原文
Harite sukapattasadise vaṇṇavisese. Vāsudeve kaṇhe.
870 在所属中,在依止中。显示巴利原文
870.Āyatte nissaye.
“耳饰”即耳部的装饰;“在顶髻中”指顶部。这两种含义分别属于这两个词。显示巴利原文
Kaṇṇapūro kaṇṇālaṅkāro. Sekhare agge. Ete dvinnampi atthā.
871 在闪电中,指动摇不定;在男女中,指具有女性气质的男子。显示巴利原文
871.Vijjuyaṃ cañcalāyaṃ. Itthipurise purisitthiyaṃ.
指角时,为马。用于数目差别,如“俱胝、百俱胝”等。用于殊胜、究竟之义。显示巴利原文
Koṇe asse. Saṅkhyāviseso ‘‘koṭipakoṭī’’tyādīsu. Ukkaṃse pariyosāne.
872 火焰,即火之焰。顶端,即末端。显示巴利原文
872.Jālā aggijālā. Aggaṃ koṭi.
“女人”一词,以及“āsīs”在蛇的毒牙义中,皆为阴性。对可爱事物的希求、愿望中,亦为阴性词。显示巴利原文
Nārī āsīsaddo sappadāṭhāyaṃ. Iṭṭhassa vatthuno āsīsanāyaṃ patthanāyampi itthī eva.
873 在融化的油中,在流散的油中。顺从之女,即随顺而行的女人。未离乳的母牛,即无围栏的母牛。显示巴利原文
873.Vilīnatele visaraṇatele. Vasagā vasaṃ gacchantī nārī. Vañcyagāvī anavacchā sorabheyī.
在贪求中,在欲望中。在光线中,在光芒中。在执着中,在附着中。显示巴利原文
Abhilāse icchāyaṃ. Kiraṇe raṃsimhi. Abhisaṅge laggane.
874 在部分中,在份额中。在技艺中,在戏剧论典所摄的技艺中。月亮的十六分之一,也称为“分”。显示巴利原文
874.Aṃse koṭṭhāse. Sippe nāṭakasatthāgate. Candassa soḷasame bhāge ca kalā.
875 在种壳中,在贝币中;在耳饰中,在耳部装饰中。显示巴利原文
875.Bījakose varāṭake. Kaṇṇabhūsāyaṃ kaṇṇālaṅkāre.
来世,即未来之时。威力,指杖罚的威光。于调伏中,也指未来的存在。显示巴利原文
Āgāmikāle anāgatakāle. Pabhāvo daṇḍatejo. Saṃyamepi āyati bhave.
876 在羊等之毛中,即指山羊等之毛。在地之中央,即生于两地中间的毛界中,称为毛。显示巴利原文
876.Mesādilome eḷakādīnaṃ lome. Bhūmajjhe dvinnaṃ bhūnaṃ majjhe jātāyaṃ romadhātuyaṃ lome.
‘舞女’即女舞者。‘末地罗’即酒。显示巴利原文
Naṭṭakī nāṭakitthī. Madirā surā.
877 于唯作心中,即二十种唯作心中。于造作中,即造作之行中,于此二义中为‘行’。于所应作中,为‘行’之阴性词。显示巴利原文
877.Kriyacitte vīsatividhe kriyacitte. Karaṇe karaṇakriyāyaṃ, etesu dvīsu atthesu kriyaṃ. Kammani kattabbe kriyā nārī.
‘媳妇’指儿子的妻子。‘少女’指未破的处女。‘妻’为妻子的通称。显示巴利原文
Suṇisāyaṃ puttassa bhariyāyaṃ. Kaññāyaṃ anibbiddhāyaṃ. Jāyāyaṃ bhariyāsāmaññe.
878 自在即主宰。文字之部分,即重音字之部分。显示巴利原文
878.Issariyaṃ pabhutā. Akkharāvayave garuakkharānaṃ avayave.
佛语,即佛陀之教言。成就,即教义。经,即结集之经。睡眠,即嗜睡的习性。显示巴利原文
Pāvacane buddhavacane. Siddhe siddhante. Tante suttamaye. Supite niddāsīle.
879 王相即剑等。牛支即牛的部分。树即特定之树。相即密处。标记即特征。句即语尾变化之终。显示巴利原文
879.Rājaliṅgaṃ khaggādi. Usabhaṅgo usabhāvayavo. Rukkhe rukkhavisese. Nimittaṃ guyhaṅgaṃ. Cihane lakkhaṇe. Pade vibhatyante.
880 于商贾中,即商人之业中。于游戏等中,即游戏等之中。以‘等’字摄取了光辉、称赞、前往等义。显示巴利原文
880.Vohāre vāṇijakamme. Kīḷādo kīḷādimhi. Ādinā jutithutigatyādayo saṅgahitā.
于身体中,即身为主之天神中。显示巴利原文
Sarīre sarīrādhideve.
881 于欲闻中,即想听之愿望中。于嫉妒等中,即于音声之练习中。于伤害中,亦有亲近承事。显示巴利原文
881.Sussūsāyaṃ sotumicchāyaṃ. Issātyāse sarābhyāse. Hiṃsanepi upāsanaṃ.
在武器种类中,即兵器类别。‘标桩’即一种特定的桩。显示巴利原文
Hetibhede āvudhabhede. Saṅku khāṇuviseso.
882 第八百八十二颂:‘Vīṇāguṇo’指琵琶的弦。‘Tantaṃ’指弦声。‘Mukhyaṃ’指主要的。‘Siddhantaṃ’指例证。‘Tantu’指线。显示巴利原文
882.Vīṇāguṇo vīṇāyajiyā. Tantaṃ tantasaddo. Mukhyaṃ padhānaṃ. Siddhantaṃ udāharaṇaṃ. Tantu suttaṃ.
第八百八十二颂:‘Rathanaṅgalādīnaṃ aṅge’指车辕等的部分,即车等部件。‘Kappamhi katādike’指在劫中、所作等。显示巴利原文
Rathanaṅgalādīnaṃ aṅge rathādyaṅge. Kappamhi katādike.
883 第八百八十三颂:‘Itthipupphaṃ’指妇女的经期;‘Reṇu’指尘埃;‘Pakatije guṇe tiṇṇaṃ guṇānaṃ dutiye guṇe’指在根本质料的三德之中,为第二德。显示巴利原文
883.Itthipupphaṃ itthīnaṃ utu. Reṇu dhūlī. Pakatije guṇe tiṇṇaṃ guṇānaṃ dutiye guṇe.
在抵押交付的语境中,指对所寄存财物的施与;在布施的语境中,指对其他之物的施与。显示巴利原文
Nyāsappaṇe ṭhapitassa dhanassa dāne. Dānamhi tadaññassa dāne.
884 第八百八十四颂:‘Guru’指师长等;‘Upāyo’指方法、原因;‘Avatāro’指进入之处;‘Pūtambu’指清净之水;‘Diṭṭhi’指见佛等见;‘Āgamepi titthaṃ’指在教典中,亦指渡口。显示巴利原文
884.Guru ācariyādi. Upāyo hetu. Avatāro otaraṇaṭṭhānaṃ. Pūtambu pavittajalaṃ. Diṭṭhi buddhadassanā aññadassanaṃ. Āgamepi titthaṃ.
第八百七十七颂:‘Jotisaddo’一词,在星宿与光芒中为中性,在黄门中亦为中性;而在火中则为阳性。显示巴利原文
Jotisaddo nakkhattaraṃsīsu paṇḍake napuṃsake. Aggimhi tu so pumā.
885 第八百八十五颂:在‘Iti sandhikappe paṭhamo kaṇḍo’等语句中,指(作品的)品、章节。又,在‘机会’的含义上,‘avasaro’指机会、空间。显示巴利原文
885. ‘‘Iti sandhikappe paṭhamo kaṇḍo’’tyādīsu vagge. Avasarepi, avasaro avakāso.
第八百七十八颂:又,在双臂向上的度量中;在极红色中;在英雄气概中。显示巴利原文
Atha bāhudvayassa uddhaṃ māne. Sūratte sūrabhāve.
886 第八百八十六颂。“Porisaṃ”指人的作为、努力。“Īhā”指精进。“Nisinnādyuggamo”指从坐等状态起身,即坐等之后起身、站立的状态。显示巴利原文
886.Porisaṃ purisakāro. Īhā vīriyaṃ. Nisinnādyuggamo nisinnādiko uggamo ṭhānaṃ.
第八百七十九颂。所谓无依止的大地部分,是指没有树木、山岳、城镇等世间依止物,因而称为无依止的空旷大地之处。“Irīṇaṃ”指盐碱地、空旷处,据《三藏余义》所说。“Ūsare”指有盐分的盐碱地。显示巴利原文
Anissayamahībhāge lokanissayabhūtānaṃ tarupabbatanagarādīnaṃ abhāvato anissayasaṅkhāte suññamahīkoṭṭhāse. ‘‘Irīṇaṃ ūsare suññe’’ti hi tikaṇḍaseso. Ūsare ūsavati ṭhāne.
887 第八百八十七颂。在成就等义中,“ārādhanaṃ”表示令欢喜、侍奉。此处亦提到“rādhanaṃ”。据《三藏余义》:“在获得、成就义中,rādhanaṃ已被提及,亦用于令满足。”显示巴利原文
887. Sādhanatthādīsu ārādhanaṃ. Rādhanaṃpyatra. ‘‘Pattiyaṃ sādhane vuttaṃ, rādhanaṃ tosanepi ce’’ti tikaṇḍaseso.
山脊,指山岳的平坦之处。角,指象牙以及畜类的角。显示巴利原文
Sānumhi pabbatassa same bhūbhāge. Visāṇe mātaṅgadante, pasūnaṃ siṅge ca.
888 所见,即色所缘。初道,即入流道。慧,即通智。眼,即眼根。见,即观看。得,即执取。显示巴利原文
888.Diṭṭhaṃ rūpārammaṇaṃ. Ādimaggo sotāpattimaggo. Ñāṇaṃ sāmaññaṃ. Akkhi cakkhu. Ikkhanaṃ olokanaṃ. Laddhi gāho.
金,指五种金。五金,指紫磨金。装饰,指庄严之殊胜。显示巴利原文
Suvaṇṇo pañcadharaṇaṃ. Pañcasuvaṇṇo nikkho. Pasādhanaṃ alaṅkāraviseso.
889 就‘时节’(tithi)的差别而言,指星占学中不被认可的非宜时日。就树枝等的果实而言,指树枝等的节(gaṇṭhi)。就‘充满’(pūraṇa)而言,亦指节分(pabba)。显示巴利原文
889.Tithibhede horasatthāgate aniṭṭhasammate tithimhi. Sākhādiphaḷumhi rukkhasākhādīnaṃ gaṇṭhimhi. Pūraṇepi pabbaṃ.
于强流处,即急流将木筏等拖拽而入之处。显示巴利原文
Balavāmukho yatra plavādayo sīghasotena ākaḍḍhitvā pavesiyanti.
890 ‘贪生’(kāmaje)者,谓渴爱与饮酒等;‘过失’(dose)者,谓违犯;‘怒生’(kopaje)者,谓杖责、粗暴等;‘毁坏’(vipattiyaṃ)者,谓灭坏。显示巴利原文
890.Kāmaje taṇhāje surāpānādike. Dose aparādhe. Kopaje daṇḍapharusādike ca. Vipattiyaṃ vināse.
“工具”,即陶师等所用的棍、轮等。“成就”,即完成。“作者”,有作主等七种。显示巴利原文
Upakaraṇaṃ kulālādīnaṃ daṇḍacakkādi. Siddhi nipphatti. Kārako kattādisattavidho.
891 “Dānasīle”:于布施与持戒,及于常行布施者中。“Vagguvādini”:于善言者、甜美语者,当知为“vadaññū”。从此开始乃至“ussita”,于三处中已说。“Abhisitte”:于灌顶,即国王登基之灌顶。显示巴利原文
891.Dānasīle dānapakatike ca. Vagguvādini madhuravādini ca vadaññū bhave. Ito paṭṭhāya ussitapariyanto tīsu vutto. Abhisitte muddhābhisitte rājini.
892 “Bhāgyavihīne”:于无福者,即无福德者。“Appake”:于少量,即不多。“Mūḷhe”:于愚人,即愚痴者。“Apaṭu”:于无巧,即笨拙者。“Khale”与“jagatiyañca”:于恶人及世间,指愚钝者。“Vuddhiyutte”:于具增长者,即顺于增长。“Samunnaddhe”:于非常之高举;“anīce”:于非低下者;如是,“ussita”用于三处。亦有读作“bhāsita”的版本。显示巴利原文
892.Bhāgyavihīne apuññe. Appake abahuke. Mūḷhe bāle. Apaṭu acheko. Khale, jagatiyañca mando. Vuddhiyutte vaḍḍhanayutte. Samunnaddhe anīce ussitaṃ tīsu bhave, ‘‘bhāsita’’ntipi pāṭho.
893 在‘Rathaṅge’中,指车的部件;在‘Suvaṇṇasmiṃ’中,指一‘pala’的四分之一;在‘Pāsake’中,指二十四或三十的量;在象牙等的刻削中,于三处作‘akkho’;在眼等根中,作‘akkhaṃ’。显示巴利原文
893.Rathaṅge rathāvayave. Suvaṇṇasmiṃ palassa catutthabhāge. Pāsake catuvīsatippamāṇe, tiṃsappamāṇe vā . Hatthidantādivikatiyaṃ tīsu akkho. Cakkhādindriye akkhaṃ.
在‘Sassate’中,指恒常;在‘Takke’中,指寻思;在‘Nicchite’中,指决断。显示巴利原文
Sassate nicce. Takke vitakke. Nicchite vinicchite.
894 在‘Hare’中,指大自在天,亦指吉祥;在‘Bhadde’中,指善好;在‘Mokkhe’与涅槃中,指吉祥;在‘Jambuke’中,指胡狼,亦指吉祥。显示巴利原文
894.Hare mahissare sivo, bhadde kalyāṇe. Mokkhe nibbāne ca sivaṃ. Jambuke siṅgāle sivā.
“Sattiyaṃ”意为力量,“Thūlatte”意为粗大之相。显示巴利原文
Sattiyaṃ thāme. Thūlatte thūlabhāve.
895 “数量的区分”,在青莲花与白莲花等之中,是指计数的差别;在地狱的区分中,如“生于红莲地狱”等;在水生花中,则指茎干粗糙的莲花。显示巴利原文
895.Saṅkhyābhedo uppalapuṇḍarīkānaṃ majjhe gaṇanā. Narakabhede ‘‘padumaniraye nibbatto’’tyādīsu. Vārije kakkasanāḷe kamale.
“天神的区分”,指天神的类别。显示巴利原文
Devabhedeti
水、恒常者、月神,
以及清净者、风、火;
破晓与光明,
这八位被认为是婆苏神。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Āpo dhuvo ca somo ca, Dhavo cevā’nilo’nalo; Paccūso ca pabhāso ca, Aṭṭhete vasavo matā’’ti . –
在所说的天神类别中。于珍宝,指珍宝的共通性;于财富;黄门指非男非女者。显示巴利原文
Kathite devavisese. Ratane ratanasāmaññe, dhane ca, paṇḍakaṃ napuṃsakaṃ.
896 在消失、灭去中。在究竟解脱中,指作为一切烦恼灭尽之因的离染法。显示巴利原文
896.Atthagamane vināsagamane. Apavagge sabbakilesānaṃ khayahetubhūte virāgadhamme.
于‘白睡莲’义中,指白色莲花;于树类中,指名为‘puṇḍarīka’的特定树木。此二义为阳性。显示巴利原文
Setambuje setakamale. Rukkhantare ‘‘puṇḍarīka’’iti khyāte dumavisese, dvīsvatthesu pume.
‘puṇḍarīka’指白睡莲、白伞盖与药物;
于‘茧蛹’义中,指老虎;又指方位象与火。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Puṇḍarīkaṃ sitamboje, setacchatte ca bhesajje; Kosakārantare byagghe, so disāvāraṇaggisū’’ti. –
多种义涵的汇集。显示巴利原文
Nānatthasaṅgaho.
897 指为了供养等目的而带来的物品。指田地等所产生的手工业税或国王的份额。指名为巴利那的阿修罗,在阿修罗之中。显示巴利原文
897.Upahāre pūjādyatthaṃ ābhate vatthumhi. Karasmiṃ khettādisambhave rājabhāge. Asurantare balināmake asure.
于生起中,指男女交合所生不净物,即精液。于白色、洁净中,为“白”。于善业、福德中,此词通三性(阳性、阴性、中性),如“福德是法,非阴性”这句中,因“法”字被说为非阴性,故说“白”字于三性中亦可使用。显示巴利原文
Sambhave itthipurisasambhave asucimhi sukkaṃ. Dhavale sete sukko, kusale puññe tīsu, ‘‘puññaṃ dhammamanitthiya’’nti ettha dhammasaddassa anitthibhāvassa vuttattā sukkasaddo tīsu vutto.
898 所谓“应分配的财产”,即应被分割的财产。这包括父亲的财产,以及已故父母应由子女继承并分割的财产。显示巴利原文
898.Vibhattabbadhane vibhajitabbadhane. Pitūnaṃ dhane petānaṃ mātāpitūnaṃ puttehi vibhajitabbadhane ca.
有能力者的状态称为“能力性”;同样,自主者的状态称为“自主性”。自主者。欲望即渴求。显示巴利原文
Pabhuno puggalassa bhāvo pabhuttaṃ, tathā āyattassa bhāvo āyattatā. Āyatto puggalo. Abhilāso icchā.
899 于“财主”一词中,仅是声音相似。于战士狮子吼,亦即战士的无畏呐喊中,亦有“塞罗那”。显示巴利原文
899.Dhanimhi saddamatte. Yodhasīhanādamhi yodhānaṃ abhītanāde ca seḷanaṃ.
900 在最初的获得中,即于最初生起的事物上。显示巴利原文
900.Ādyupaladdhiyaṃ paṭhamasañjāte vatthumhi.
901 在“最能成就者”中,即从作者等当中最能成就行为的具格;在行为中;在身体、躯体中;在眼等根中。显示巴利原文
901.Sādhakatame kattuto aññesaṃ kriyāsādhakatame karaṇakārake, kriyāyaṃ, gatte sarīre ca. Indriye cakkhādike.
在钥匙中,即开锁之物。在乐器部分中,如铙钹等。显示巴利原文
Kuñcikāyaṃ apāpuraṇe. Tūriyaṅge sammatāḷādike.
902 于生起,即产生;于分娩,即生子。显示巴利原文
902.Uppāde janane. Gabbhamocane puttavijāyane.
于马,即马匹。显示巴利原文
Asse assamatte.
903 对于无花而结果实的树,如无花果树等,以及单指树木时,称为“林主”;对于带来并供奉的野猪人形等像,以及单指银时,称为“银”。显示巴利原文
903. Pupphaṃvinā phalaggāhirukkhe assatthādo, rukkhamatte ca vanappatisaddo. Āhate upaṭṭhāpite varāhapurisādirūpe ca, rajatamatte ca rūpiyaṃ.
904 ‘发’字在前,与‘索’字结合,故为‘发前’。用于积聚、集合中,如‘发索’,意为发束。显示巴利原文
904.Kesasaddo pubbo yassa pāsasaddassa so kesapubbo. Caye samūhe vattati, yathā ‘‘kesapāso’’ti, kesakalāpotyattho.
在眼睛中间,被称为“针”。在二十七种星宿及其他星中,指女性星。在高音、更高音中,指高音。显示巴利原文
Akkhimajjhe yā ‘‘sūlā’’ti vuttā. Nakkhatte sattavīsatividhe, tadaññesu ca tārā itthī. Uccatarassare uccatare sadde tāro.
905 在钵等器皿的通称中,指盛食物的钵。在金属类别中,指铁、铜等所制的特殊器皿。身体中部,指腹部。显示巴利原文
905.Patte bhājanasāmaññe, bhuñjanapatte ca. Lohabhedasmiṃ ayotambādimaye bhājanavisese. Dehamajjhaṃ udaraṃ.
906 服饰、形态。工艺厅,即工匠们的厅堂。显示巴利原文
906.Vese saṇṭhāne. Sippasālā sippīnaṃ sālā.
成就:指财富等成就,以及三聚成就。吉祥:为有福德者所亲近。女性:指殊胜的女人。女神:一位名为“吉祥”的天女。显示巴利原文
Sampatti dhanādisampatti tivaggasampatti ca. Lakkhiyā katapuññehi seviyati. Itthī itthiviseso. Devatā sirīnāmikā ekā devadhītā.
907 副王:指父王去世后堪能继承王位的王子。肩:指哈拉的儿子。幼儿:即年轻人。显示巴利原文
907.Yuvarājā pitari devaṅgate rājabhāvāraho rājaputto. Khande harassa putte. Susu taruṇo.
于珠宝中,世间所称的“珊塔”;于嫩芽中,即指树木等的嫩芽。显示巴利原文
Maṇibhede yo loke ‘‘santā’’ti vuccati. Aṅkure rukkhādīnaṃ aṅkure.
908 工资,是雇工应得的报酬;本金,即本钱;在商业上,指贸易活动。显示巴利原文
908.Vetanaṃ kammakārehi labhitabbadhanaṃ. Mūlaṃ mūladhanaṃ. Vohāre vāṇijakamme.
间隔容器,即用来承接唾液等不净物的容器。显示巴利原文
Bhājanantaraṃ yena kheḷādyasuciṃ paṭiggaṇhāti.
909 于不善业与善业,亦即两种业中,在三种意义上说为“命运”。显示巴利原文
909. Asubhe ca kamme subhe ca kamme dvayepi kamme cāti tīsvatthesu bhāgyaṃ vuttaṃ.
在树木的分类中,指毕钵罗树。显示巴利原文
Tarubhede assatthe.
910 于解脱之中,即指涅槃。显示巴利原文
910.Vimuttiyaṃ nibbāne.
“这是男人”这一认知的根据,即男性特征,其义在此。显示巴利原文
‘‘Ayaṃ pumā’’ti jānanassa kāraṇabhāvo pumattaṃ, tadādimhi.
911 第九一一条:指篇章中;指天上、天界中。显示巴利原文
911.Ajjhāye paricchede. Dive devaloke.
912 第九一二条:指敌人、怨敌中;指树的部分、树的肢体中。显示巴利原文
912.Sapattasmiṃ amitte. Rukkhaṅge rukkhāvayave.
913 指主要、首要。指方法、原因。指言语、说话。指开始、第一。显示巴利原文
913.Mukhye padhāne. Upāye hetumhi. Vadane lapane. Ādismiṃ paṭhame.
指堪能者、应解脱者,及应存在者。指功德之器、功德之所依。指财富、钱财。指智者、贤者。木材、树干。显示巴利原文
Bhabbe vimuttārahe, bhavitabbe ca. Guṇādhāre guṇassa nissaye. Vitte dhane. Budhe paṇḍite. Dāru dārukkhandho.
914 第九一四条。一升量等:升、秤、指,合称升等。指增长、提升。指疲劳、疲倦。显示巴利原文
914.Patthādo pattho, tulā, aṅgulīti patthādi. Vidhāya unnatiyaṃ. Parissame khede.
915 第九一五条。在湖中生长的莲华间;在啄食树虫的诸鸟中;在竹、螺等乐器中。显示巴利原文
915.Saroruhe kamale. Khagantare rukkhakimikhādakasakuṇe. Tūriyantare vaṃsasaṅkhādike.
916 第九一六条。于悚惧、惊怖与惊异之中。显示巴利原文
916.Saṃvege ubbege, vimhaye ca.
917 第九一七条。在那个月光遍照、与清辉相伴的夜晚。显示巴利原文
917.Tadupetanisāya candappabhāya yuttarattiyaṃ.
918 第918条。于月份中,于第三个月中。于极年长者及极受称赞者中。显示巴利原文
918.Māse tatiyamāse. Ativuddhe ca atipasatthe ca.
919 第919条。于束缚中,于强力中,如于“强力执取”等词中。显示巴利原文
919.Nibandhe balakkāre ‘‘balaggaho’’tyādīsu.
粘土种类:即具有蓝等颜色的人造粘土。网袋:指水罐等的搬运工具。眼病:即特定种类的眼疾。显示巴利原文
Mattikābhedo nīlādivaṇṇayuttakittimamattikā. Sikkāyaṃ udakakumbhādivāhike. Nayanāmaye cakkhurogavisese.
920 第九二〇条:maṇḍale意为在圆中、在圆形中;parimaṇḍale意同。bimbikā是一种藤类,其果实亦称为bimba。显示巴利原文
920.Maṇḍale parimaṇḍale. Bimbikā latājāti, tassā phale ca bimbaṃ.
921 第九百二十一:在道路、路径上。显示巴利原文
921.Pathe añjase.
922 第九百二十二:寂静即涅槃。在相似、类似中。显示巴利原文
922.Santi nibbānaṃ. Nibhe sadise.
于‘弓’义中,指弓;于‘箭’义中,指射箭者;于‘投掷者’义中,指射手。显示巴利原文
Cāpe dhanumhi issāsaṃ. Usuno sarassa khepakamhi perake issāso.
923 第九百二十三:‘愚人’一词用于三种情形。哪三种?指幼年,即具足童稚者;以及无智者、愚痴者。显示巴利原文
923.Bālasaddo tīsu. Kutratthesu? Ādivayasā paṭhamavayena samaṅgini samannāgate ca. Apaṇḍite mūḷhe ca.
于‘血’义中,指血;于‘铜色’义中,指优昙钵果;于‘已染着’义中,指具足染着之人;于‘已染色’义中,指为色彩所染。显示巴利原文
Soṇite lohite. Tambaṃ udumbaraṃ. Anuratto anurāgayutto puggalo. Rañjitaṃ raṅgarañjitaṃ.
924 第九百二十四:稀疏、无间隔。瘦弱、不粗大。雪、霜。显示巴利原文
924.Viraḷe nirantare. Kise athūle. Hime tuhine.
925 第九百二十五:糖块,即世间所称的“砂糖”。石子、石块。显示巴利原文
925.Guḷabhedo yo loke ‘‘sakkharā’’ti vuccati. Kaṭhale silākhaṇḍe.
926 第九百二十六:锐利、锋利。聪慧、善巧。远离疾病、无病。显示巴利原文
926.Tikhiṇe tikkhe. Byatte cheke. Rogamutte niroge.
指已灌顶的刹帝利。指非灌顶的国王。指有权威者、主宰者。显示巴利原文
Khattiye muddhābhisitte. Naranāthe tadaññasmiṃ. Pabhumhi issare.
927 第九百二十七:“谷物处理处”即打谷场。也指粉、浴粉。指低劣、下贱者。亦指白色的打谷场。显示巴利原文
927.Dhaññakaraṇaṃ dhaññamaddanaṭṭhānaṃ. Kakke nahānacuṇṇe. Nīce adhame. Setepi khalo.
928 第九百二十八:梵行者、在家者、林栖者与比丘,合称梵行者在家者等。也指苦行者、爱戒者。显示巴利原文
928. Brahmacārī ca gahaṭṭho ca vānappattho ca bhikkhu cāti brahmacārīgahaṭṭhādi, tapodhane piyasīle.
即粗糙、坚硬;亦即无情、无悲悯。显示巴利原文
Kaṭhine kakkhaḷe. Niddaye nikkaruṇe.
929 kaniṭṭho与kaniyo这两个词用于三种意义。哪三种呢?即“极微细”与“极年轻”。显示巴利原文
929. Kaniṭṭho ca kaniyo cāti ete tīsu. Kutratthesu? Atyappe, atiyuvepi.
用于“可意、可爱”、“无实质、无精华”以及“不贵重、不尊重”这三种意义。显示巴利原文
Iṭṭhe, nissāre ca agarumhi cāti etesvatthesu tīsu.
930 用于“下方、下部”之义,亦用于“低劣、下贱”之义。用于“齿覆物”即“唇”之义。显示巴利原文
930. Adhobhāge ca hīne ca. Dantacchade dantāvaraṇe.
于“侍奉、承事”而言,指“侍者、近仆”。显示巴利原文
Pāricariyāyaṃ upaṭṭhāke.
931 于“宝”而言,指二指宽之量。于“群、聚”而言,如“发髻”一词。于“象鼻”而言,指象之鼻。于“宿”而言,指第十三个星宿。显示巴利原文
931.Ratane dvividatthike. Gaṇe samūhe yathā ‘‘kesahattho’’ti. Soṇḍāya karikare. Bhantaraṃ terasamanakkhattaṃ.
在表示“坑、穴”时,指陷阱、深坑。在表示“井”时,指水井,即人们用辘轳取水饮用之处。显示巴利原文
Āvāṭe kāsuyaṃ. Udapānaṃ andhu, yatra jalaṃ ghaṭiyantena uddharitvā pivanti.
932 “最初”与“首要”这两个词,依次用于“开始、开端”和“主要、殊胜”的意义上。显示巴利原文
932. Paṭhamaṃ pamukhañcāti idaṃ abhidhānadvayaṃ ādimhi padhāne vattati.
一种两面均可敲击的乐器,即鼓类。显示巴利原文
Vajjabhedo ubhayatalaṃ tūriyaṃ.
933 “坚实部分”指坚固的部分、僵硬的部分。显示巴利原文
933.Thiraṃso thirakoṭṭhāso.
“肩担”指以肩挑运的担子。由此,腰担等亦被包含。因为一百片棕榈叶为一秤,二十秤为一担,故说“两千两”。显示巴利原文
Khandhabhāro khandhena vahitabbo bhāro. Ādinā kaṭibhārādayo gahitā. Yasmā palasataṃ tulā, vīsatitulā bhāro, tasmā ‘‘dvisahassapale’’ti vuttaṃ.
934 于“宫殿、房屋”义,指家宅;于“疾病种类”义,指消耗性疾病、痨病;于“减损、破坏”义,指毁灭与灭尽。显示巴利原文
934.Mandire gehe. Rogabhede khayaroge. Apacayamhi viddhaṃsane, vināse ca.
“野兽”指虎狼等凶恶的野兽;“蛇”指爬行类;“残忍、粗暴”指凶残者。显示巴利原文
Sāpade byagghādike duṭṭhamige. Sappe urage. Kurūre kakkhaḷe.
935 “草丛”即指耳树;“树”即指树干。显示巴利原文
935.Sajjadume assakaṇṇarukkhe. Rukkhe rukkhamatte.
“耳”即指耳根;“祭祀”即指供养;“听闻”即指听的行为。显示巴利原文
Sote kaṇṇe. Yajane pūjane. Sutiyaṃ savanakriyāyaṃ.
936 936. “亡者与死者”:指已死亡、命终者,以及生于饿鬼趣、由饿鬼趣所生的众生。显示巴利原文
936. Peto ca paretocāti ime mate kālaṅkate ca petayonije petayonisambhave siyuṃ.
即著名者、显赫者。即固执者、傲慢者。显示巴利原文
Khyāte pākaṭe. Haṭṭhe pahaṭṭhe.
937 937. 谓意欲,谓意乐。显示巴利原文
937.Adhippāye ajjhāsaye.
Pakkhe指鸟等之翼,即翅膀。Dale指树等之叶,即叶子。Bhājane指铜制等之容器。“Sogate”是“bhājane”(容器)的限定语,其意为善逝之容器。显示巴利原文
Pakkhe sakuṇādīnaṃ pakkhe. Dale rukkhādīnaṃ chade. Bhājane lohamayādike. ‘‘Sogate’’ti idaṃ ‘‘bhājane’’ti imassa visesanaṃ. Sogate sugatassa santake bhājanetyattho.
938 938. 善作,即正确造作之业。显示巴利原文
938.Suṭṭhukate sammā kate kammani.
应悲悯的苦恼有情。显示巴利原文
Anukampāyārahe dukkhitasatte.
939 939. 于声音,于音声。显示巴利原文
939.Dhanimhi sadde.
940 940. 于所规定,于应施行。显示巴利原文
940.Vihite vidhātabbe.
933. 于道,于径。于街道,于大道。于行列,于线列。显示巴利原文
Añjase magge. Visikhā racchā. Pantiyaṃ pāḷiyaṃ.
941 言“虚空”者,即天空。言“灾厄”者,即衰败。显示巴利原文
941.Gagane ākāse. Byasane vipattiyaṃ.
于难治之疾中,指眼疾的类别。于覆盖物中,指房屋等的顶盖。显示巴利原文
Nettaroge cakkhurogavisese. Chadimhi gehādīnaṃ chadane.
942 于接触中,指两者间的空隙。又说“puna sandhi”,是为满足语句而说。于极寂静中,即于极平息中。显示巴利原文
942.Saṅghaṭṭane dvinnaṃ antarabhūte. Puna sandhīti padapūraṇatthaṃ vuttaṃ. Atisante atisamite.
943 维持生命者,即令活命的段食之味。光辉,即燃烧。力量,即体力。显示巴利原文
943.Yāpanā yāpanakārako kabaḷīkārāhāraraso. Ditti jalanaṃ. Balaṃ thāmo.
944 腹部,即肚腹。内室,即一种特定的房舍。显示巴利原文
944.Kucchi udaraṃ. Ovarako gehaviseso.
切断、割截。“如是语”与“业处”,即“我过去曾如此行”——应被言说的善与不善业。另有“超越与业处”的异读,意为过去时生起的业。显示巴利原文
Khaṇḍane chedane. Itivutte ca kammanīti ‘‘iti evaṃ mayā pubbe carita’’nti vattabbe subhāsubhakamme. ‘‘Ativatte ca kammanī’’tipi pāṭho, atītakāle pavattakammanītyattho.
945 ‘额彩’指额头所作的黑点等纹饰;在树木中,指一种如阳焰般微细的酸果树,其果实可用来煮酸汤;‘黑痣’则指身体各部位所生、状如芝麻的黑点。显示巴利原文
945.Cittake nalāṭe katakāḷādibindumhi rukkhabhede marīcappamāṇambilarukkhe, yassa phalena ambilasūpaṃ pacanti. Tilakāḷake taṃtaṃsarīrāvayave sañjātatilasaṇṭhāne kāḷake.
‘觉’指觉悟、觉醒;‘得’指获得、利得,亦指到达。显示巴利原文
Bodhe bujjhane. Patti lābho, pāpuṇañca.
946 在寿命中,在生命中。在心脉之风中,指胸部之风。显示巴利原文
946.Āyumhi jīvite. Hadayaṅgānile urogamavāte.
于“掌控”中,指自主;于“吠陀”中,指四种吠陀;“欲求”,即对所缘的欲求。显示巴利原文
Vase āyattatāyaṃ. Vede catubbidhavede. Icchā ārammaṇicchā.
947 于“头骨”中,即头部的骨头;于“瓶等碎片”中,指瓶等的碎块。显示巴利原文
947.Sirasaṭṭhimhi siraso aṭṭhimhi. Ghaṭādisakale ghaṭādikhaṇḍe.
948 于“竹等枝条网”中,即竹等枝条相互交错的聚集;于“缠结之发”中,指苦行者等缠结的发;于“执著”中,指渴爱。显示巴利原文
948.Veṇvādisākhājālasminti veṇuādīnañca aññamaññasaṃsagge sākhāsamūhe. Laggakese tāpasādīnaṃ laggakese. Ālaye taṇhāyaṃ.
在杀害中,在杀死中。在被守护的业中,亦在作者中。显示巴利原文
Vadhe māraṇe. Rakkhitasmiṃ kammani, kattari ca.
949 『小径』者,街道也;『街巷』者,里弄也;『侧旁』者,行列也。显示巴利原文
949.Thiyaṃ itthiyaṃ. Piye sāmike. Manuññe manaso tosanajanake. Gavakkhe sīhapañjare.
950 ‘Kiṃ’一词,在表示疑问等义时,随所指而有性;在表示选择等义时,则为不变词。显示巴利原文
950.Kiṃ saddo pucchanatthādīsu saliṅgo. Vikappatthādīsu tu abyayaṃ.
“Sasaddhe”指与信俱行;“nivāpe”指对饿鬼等应作的供养与布施;“paccaye”指对缘的信受,此即是“信”。显示巴利原文
Sasaddhe saddhāya sahite. Nivāpe petādīnaṃ kattabbapūjādāne. Paccaye saddahane saddhā.
951 “Aṭṭhismiṃ”指在核中,如“面包果核、棕榈核”等;“sukke ca”指在精液中,亦为“种子”。显示巴利原文
951.Aṭṭhismiṃ ‘‘panasabījaṃ tālabīja’’ntyādīsu. Sukke ca bijaṃ.
“Pūye”指成熟后产生的脓;“aggato”指在前方;“disādo”指太阳升起的方向,因为那是诸方之首,或指称为“方”的这一特定方向;以“ādi”等词则包含了东方等。显示巴利原文
Pūye pakkavaṇasañjāte. Aggato purato. Disādo sūriyuggamanadisāyaṃ. Sā hi disānaṃ ādibhūtā, ‘‘disā’’ti vā disāviseso. Ādinā pubbajādīnaṃ gahaṇaṃ.
952 “Āgamane”指于未到达时的来行中;“dīghādinikāyasmiṃ”指长部等部类,如长部、中部等。显示巴利原文
952.Āgamane asantuppattikriyāyaṃ. Dīghādinikāyasmiṃ dīghanikāyamajjhimanikāyādike.
953 “Devarukkho”指天树,即合欢树;“santatiyaṃ”指于相续中,即世系。显示巴利原文
953.Devarukkho sirīso. Santatiyaṃ vaṃse.
945.『吉塔克』即心。『纳拉塔』为额头。『卡塔迦拉』及诸点,如树叶上之胡椒大小之蚂蚁,为蚂蚁住之树,其果实可用蚂蚁酸味调味。『提拉卡拉迦』为纤细体干部所生之煤块。显示巴利原文
Uttaraviparīte aseṭṭhe, imasmiṃ atthe nakāro paṭisedhattho. Seṭṭhe uttame. Imasmiṃ atthe paṭisedhatthova nakāro. ‘‘Anu uttara’’nti chedo ca viññeyyo.
954 “Sattisampattiyaṃ”指由威力等诸力而成就;“kantimatte”指可爱之程度;“sūravīriyesupi”指在英勇与精进中,亦作‘勇猛’。显示巴利原文
954.Sattisampattiyaṃ pabhāvādīhi sattīhi sampattiyaṃ. Kantimatte kamanīyamatte. Sūravīriyesupi vikkamo.
“Paṭibimbe”指影像、相似物;“pabhāyaṃ”指光明。显示巴利原文
Paṭibimbe patirūpake. Pabhāyaṃ āloke.
955 “Ghammo”与“nidāgho”,此二者为同义词,指从身体流出的汗。显示巴利原文
955. Ghammo nidāgho cāti dve abhidhānāni. Sedajale kāyato mutte.
“Kantane”指于作切断时;“vikappe”指于思择、寻中;“sajjane”指于准备手等时。显示巴利原文
Kantane chedane. Vikappe vitakke. Sajjane hatthādīnaṃ sajjane.
956 956. 地域,即地域差别。“支分”一词,用于表众多之义。亦有读作“于众多中”的。此“支分”一词,在表众多之义时,即表示地域。在身体上,“支分”即指肢体;而在部分与原因中,“支分”亦指组成部分。显示巴利原文
956.Deso desaviseso. Aṅgasaddo puṃbahutte. ‘‘Bahumhī’’tipi pāṭho. Aṅgasaddo bahutte desetyattho. Vapumhi sarīre aṅgaṃ. Avayave hetumhi ca aṅgaṃ.
“支分”一词,用于肢体、邻近、方法、原因、及不主要(非主要)等义;
在地域及差别义的复合词中,“支分”指部分;在呼格中,“支分”为不变词。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Aṅgaṃ gattantikopāya-patikesva’ppadhānake; Aṅgadesavisesamhi, aṅgā sambodhane’byaya’’nti. –
《多义摄》中。显示巴利原文
Nānatthasaṅgahe.
支提树,即应受供养的树,如阿说他树等。显示巴利原文
Cetiyadume pūjetabbabhūte rukkhe assatthādo.
957 ‘善士’之中,指善人;‘剪裁’之中,指对手等的剪裁。‘于善人中是善人,于剪裁中是剪裁’——《多义摄》。显示巴利原文
957.Sādhupurise sappurise. Kappane hatthādīnaṃ kappane. ‘‘Sajjane sajjanā kappanāya’’nti nānatthasaṅgaho.
‘在梦中’者,指睡眠中;‘在经中’,指不觉醒;‘在识中’,指经之识、心,此即梦之说;‘在见中’,亦为梦。显示巴利原文
Supane niddāyaṃ. Sutte ajāgarite. Viññāṇe suttassa viññāṇe citte taṃ supinavacanaṃ. Dassane ca supinaṃ.
958 ‘现前’之中,指面对面;‘存放’之中,指运用与安排。‘更多’一词表丰富之义,该词为阳性。显示巴利原文
958.Paccakkhe sammukhe. Sannidhāne payoge, vidhāne ca. Bhiyyosaddo pahūtaratthe so pumā.
959 959. 在毒箭中,指涂有毒液的箭,‘涂毒’为阳性。在涂敷中,指应涂敷之共通性。显示巴利原文
959.Visalittasare visena lepitasare diddho pumā. Litte lepitabbasāmaññe.
“居住”指住处;“烟等之形成”指由香粉、烟等所造作;“接纳”指接受。显示巴利原文
Vāse vasane. Dhūmādisaṅkhāre gandhacuṇṇadhūmādinā abhisaṅkhāre. Sampaṭicchane paṭiggahaṇe.
960 960. “极大胆”指言语勇猛之人。显示巴利原文
960.Suppagabbhe vacanasūre.
在蜂蜡中,指令人陶醉之物,人们也用它来点燃灯火。在饭食所生中,指从食用的饭食中掉落的低劣饭粒。显示巴利原文
Madhucchiṭṭhe madane, yena dīpampi jālenti. Odanasambhave bhuttodanato patite lāmakasammate odanabindumhi.
961 在芬芳、妙香之中。显示巴利原文
961.Surabhimhi sugandhe.
于生起与向上行进中,称为上升。显示巴利原文
Uppattiyaṃ uddhaṅgamane ca uggamanaṃ.
962 在粗糙、污秽与粗硬之中;在粗恶语、不悦耳语之中。显示巴利原文
962.Lūkhe samale, kakkhaḷe ca. Niṭṭhuravācāyaṃ akaṇṇasukhavacane.
在水流之中,即水之激流、水流之中。显示巴利原文
Ambuvege ambuno udakassa vege sote.
963 在专精于彼、以彼为最上者之中;在铠甲、胸甲之中;在皮革制、用作战斗装饰的护胸之中;在蛇蜕下的旧皮之中。显示巴利原文
963.Tappare tappadhāne. Kavace uracchade. Vāravāṇe cammamaye yuddhālaṅkāre ca. Nimmoke sappānaṃ jiṇṇacammani.
965 在布施、施舍之中;在山、岩石之中。显示巴利原文
965.Padāne dāne. Sele pabbate.
966 在金属、黑铁之中,是刀剑;在聚集、团体之中,是商队,如“车队商队”等;在转动、运行之中。显示巴利原文
966.Lohe kāḷāyase satthaṃ. Sañcaye samūhe sattho. Yathā ‘‘sakaṭasattho’’tyādi. Vattane pavattane.
967 在环、手镯之中。显示巴利原文
967.Valaye kaṭake.
968 在箭、矢之中。在池、长池等之中。在难触、苦触之中。在锯、利叶锯之中。显示巴利原文
968.Kaṇḍe vāṇe. Vāpimhi dīghikādikāyaṃ. Dupphasse dukkhasamphasse. Kakace kharapatte.
969 在酒与甘酒之中,众生饮用了它而迷醉,乃至会前往不应前往之处。在车轮与轮之中。在欲依等四种依之中,也是依,此词为阴性。显示巴利原文
969.Surāya kādambariyaṃ, yāya pītāya mattā sattā anāgamanīyavatthūsupi gacchanti. Rathaṅge cakke. Kāmupadhiādīsu catūsu upadhīsu ca upadhi, anitthī.
970 在财物、财富等之中。地的分类,如布等。在大王、四大王中的一大王之中。在人、众生之中。显示巴利原文
970.Dabbe dhanādike. Bhūbhedo vatthādi. Mahārāje catūsu mahārājesu ekasmiṃ mahārāje. Nare satte.
971 指店铺、买卖场所;指资具、必需品。“戒为车乘之庄严,禅那为轴,精进为轮”——此处庄严即称为“资具”。显示巴利原文
971.Āpaṇe kayavikkayaṭṭhāne. Sambhāre upakaraṇe. ‘‘Ratho sīlaparikkhāro, jhānakkho cakkavīriyo’’ti ettha alaṅkāro ‘‘parikkhāro’’ti vutto.
972 在世俗称谓中,指车乘、货车等称谓。“现起语”,即从音声与意义两方面都明显的语词。显示巴利原文
972.Vohārasmiṃ rathasakaṭādivohāre. Upaṭṭhitagirā saddato atthato ca pākaṭagirā.
973 “语句支分”指句子的组成部分,即具有因、喻等关联意义的语词集合的组成部分。“根本”指贪等。“原因”指贪等之外的其他原因。“消化之火”指位于腹中、消化食物的业生火;在疾病类别中,亦指消食之火。显示巴利原文
973.Vacanāvayaveti vākyāvayave. Hetudāharaṇādiyuttassa sambandhatthassa vacanasamūhassa avayave. Mūle lobhādike. Kāraṇe lobhādito aññasmiṃ kāraṇe. Pācānalasmiṃ udaraṭṭhe bhuttapācane kammajatejasmiṃ. Rogabhedepi gahaṇī.
974 于律仪中,即眼等诸根的律仪。显示巴利原文
974.Saṃyame cakkhādindriyasaṃyame.
975 亦指蜜果树的汁液。亦指一切花的花蜜。又,由小蝇所成者,称为蜜,是中性名词。显示巴利原文
975.Muddikassa rukkhassa rase ca. Pupphassa sabbassa pupphassa rase ca. Khudde makkhikākate ca madhu punnapuṃsakaṃ.
‘‘Madhu khudde jale khīre, majje puppharase madhu; Racche citte vasante ca, jīvasāke madhuddume’’ti. –
多义摄颂。显示巴利原文
Nānatthasaṅgahe.
指为防尘垢下落,而悬置于床座等上方的布幔等物。显示巴利原文
Ulloceti seyyādīnaṃ uparibhāge rajopātanivāraṇatthaṃ ṭhapite dussamayādike.
976 指无余涅槃,即涅槃。指天食,即诸天所食之物。显示巴利原文
976.Apavagge nibbāne. Sudhāyaṃ devatānaṃ bhojane.
指祭祀残余中的甘露,指不死之饮、水、酥油;
指不求而得之物,指解脱,指檀文陀利、天食、宝剑;
意为:不死、不死者、吉祥、颈、于阎浮果中。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Amataṃ yaññasesasmiṃ, pīyūse salile ghate; Ayācite ca mokkhe ca, dhanvantarisudhāsisu; Amato amatā sivā-gaḷo jhāmalakīsu ce’’ti .
在《种种义摄》中说:于‘痴’中为无明;在‘暗’中为黑暗;‘数’是计数的差别;在‘功德’中为第三功德。显示巴利原文
Nānatthasaṅgahe vuttaṃ. Mohe avijjāyaṃ. Timire andhakāre. Saṅkhyā gaṇanaviseso. Guṇe tatiye guṇe.
977 于‘粗’中为粗硬;于‘不应作’中为不可为;于‘士夫’中为男性;于‘善作’中为善法,福德;于‘半择迦’中为无性;于‘风’中为清净。显示巴利原文
977.Khare pharuse. Akāriye akattabbe. Purise pulliṅge. Sukate kusale dhamme puññaṃ paṇḍake napuṃsake. Pavane pūte.
978 “不润滑”指干燥;在“执著”中,指黏着。显示巴利原文
978.Asiniddho sukkho. Saṅge lagge.
979 在“印记”中,指映像;“界”指界限;“种类”指相似。显示巴利原文
979.Lañchane paṭibimbe. Sīmā mariyādo. Pakāro tulyo.
980 在“商议”中,指四耳等;在“灾祸”中,指财富灾祸等;在“失败”中,指无义利。显示巴利原文
980.Mantane catukkaṇṇādike. Byasane bhogabyasanādike. Vipattiyaṃ anatthe.
981 ‘光线种类’指先前日出时太阳光线的差别;‘未染著’指少许染色;‘红色’指染红。显示巴利原文
981.Raṃsibhedo pubbe udayato sūriyassa raṃsiviseso. Abyattarāge kiñciratte. Lohite ratte.
‘不从本性退转’意指不从本性退转;‘于本性及不退转中’也是此义。‘灭坏之字’意指灭坏之字;‘无有’意指不见之字。显示巴利原文
Pakatānivatte pakatito anivattane. ‘‘Pakatiyañca anivattane cā’’tipi attho. Nassanakkhareti vināsanakkhare. Nassa adassane akkhare.
‘随行于本性等,过失生起时即灭坏;
在‘善生为首’等随转中,为随顺本性而转。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Anubandho pakatyādo, dosuppāde vinassare; Susumukhyānusāresu, pakatassā’nuvattane’’ti . –
在《种种义摄》中。显示巴利原文
Nānatthasaṅgahe.
982 ‘降下’指下沉;‘渡场’指河流等之渡口;‘开’指开启;‘暗示’指摇头等示意。显示巴利原文
982.Avataraṇe otaraṇe. Titthasmiṃ nadyādīnaṃ titthe. Vivare vivaraṇe. Iṅgite sīsacalanādike.
983 『无生之无上祭品,在甘露清水中炼制』显示巴利原文
983.Khattā khattiyato sañjāte sudditthitanaye sudditthiyā putte ca. Tibbamhi adhimatte ca. So uggo. Aggo seṭṭho. Dhiti vīriyaṃ.
984 破晓即清晨。无病即离病。结合即和合,亦指依处。“Sajjutto sannaddhe saṅgatepi ce”为异义总摄。巧妙即熟练。适合亦称适当。于欺诈行与狡诈行中。显示巴利原文
984.Pabhāte paccūse. Niroge rogamutte. Sajje saṅgate, ādhārepi ca. ‘‘Sajjutto sannaddhe saṅgatepi ce’’ti nānatthasaṅgahe. Dakkho cheko. Yuttepi kallaṃ. Kūṭacariyāyaṃ saṭhacariyāyaṃ.
985 鸟类类别,指鸽子般大小的鸟。若于某家落下粪便,便作不净相。鸽子指劣声。显示巴利原文
985.Pakkhibhedo pārāvatappamāṇo pakkhī. Yasmiṃ gehe palinā patite asubhanimittaṃ karonti. Pārāvate kalarave.
秋季生:秋季时生起。不傲慢:言辞怯弱。显示巴利原文
Saradabbhūte saradakāle sambhūte. Appagabbhe kātaravacane.
986 坚硬:即粗硬。勇猛:即强力。不可爱:即不可意。树皮衣:即破布与树皮衣。显示巴利原文
986.Kaṭhine kakkhaḷe. Sāhaso balakkāro. Appiye amanāpe. Cīre nantake, vāke ca cīraṃ.
987 鹿类:犬般大小的鹿。旗帜:即旗幡。木棉:即已确立。芭蕉:以ī音结尾。施物:信受业果后所应施的布施。显示巴利原文
987.Migabhede kukkurappamāṇe mige. Paṭākāyaṃ dhaje. Mocaṃ pasiddhaṃ, kadalī īkāranto. Dakkhiṇā kammaphalaṃ saddahitvā dātabbaṃ dānaṃ.
988 生起,即存在之变异。火神,即火。显示巴利原文
988.Uppāte bhūtavikatiyaṃ. Vessānare aggimhi.
989 船运,即桶运。驾驭者,即惩罚者。显示巴利原文
989.Potavāhe talakavāhe. Niyantari pājitari.
990 阻碍,即遮蔽。显示巴利原文
990.Rodhane āvaraṇe.
991 “容器”指藤篾等制成的器皿。“学习”为遍取、修习,或应当遍取、应当修习。“因老而松弛的皮”指以老为因所导致的松弛之皮。“腹部纹路”即腹部的皮纹。显示巴利原文
991.Bhājane vilīvamayādike. Pariyatti pariyāpuṇanaṃ sikkhanaṃ, pariyāpuṇitabbā vā sikkhitabbā. Jarāsithilacammasmiṃ jarāya kāraṇabhūtāya sithilacammani. Udaraṅge udaracammarājiyaṃ.
992 “裂开”等三词,三性皆可通用。第四方便格中,指“生起”。显示巴利原文
992. Vidāritādīsu tīsupi vāccaliṅgikaṃ. Upajāpe catutthopāye.
993 “村落聚集”指村落的集合。“围绕”指环绕太阳等而成的晕圈。“教”指佛语。“画”指彩画。显示巴利原文
993.Gāmasandohe gāmasamūhe. Paridhi pariveso sūriyādigehaṃ. Āgame buddhavacane. Lekhe vācitalekhe.
994 铁制刺钉,即铁等所制之刺钉。“德殊胜”,指功德超胜。“灭”,指财富。“成就”与“获得”,这是两个名称。显示巴利原文
994.Ayomayavijjhanakaṇṭako sūjhādivijjhanaṃ. Guṇukkaṃse guṇātisaye. Vibhave bhoge. Sampatti, sampadāti ca abhidhānadvayaṃ.
995 Bhū,指地。于“适合的”等三种意义中,词分三性。表“适合”时,指合适的。表“结合”时,指聚集的。Addha一词,addha词干用于表部分、均分与不均分。其中,表“相等”时用addhaṃ。其余情况用addho,亦可用addhaṃ;表道路、路径之义时用addhā(阳性)。表时间之义时亦用addhā(阳性)。表“决定、定准”之义时用ekaṃsa。Karīsa,指四肘尺之量。显示巴利原文
995.Bhū pathavī. Yogyādīsu tīsvatthesu tīsu. Yogye anucchavike. Yutte saṅgate. Addho addhasaddo bhāge samabhāge, asamabhāge ca. Tatra same addhaṃ. Itaratra addho addhampi, pathe magge addhā pume. Kālepi addhā pume. Ekaṃse nicchaye. Caturambaṇe karīsaṃ vuttaṃ.
996 Usabha,指牛群中百牛所生之牛王。于“最胜者”等意义中,亦用usabha。Usabhaṃ,指二十杖的长度。Tanti,指佛语。Panti,指行列。显示巴利原文
996.Usabhe gavasatajeṭṭhake gave. Seṭṭhesu ca usabho. Vīsayaṭṭhiyaṃ usabhaṃ. Tanti buddhavacanaṃ. Panti āḷi.
997 Itthinimitta,指女性的生殖器。Kilañja,指芦苇所编的席子。Kaṭa一词,于“所作”之义中通三性。显示巴利原文
997.Itthinimitte itthiyā aṅgajāte. Kilañje vilīvamaye. So kaṭasaddo kate tīsu.
“Kaṭo”用于葬仪、芦苇席、超越、吉祥中;
在时机、象颊中,
“Kaṭā”意为颠倒、混乱,此即所说。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kaṭo soṇikriyākāre, Kilañje’tisaye sive; Samaye gajagaṇḍe ca,
Vopālito说:“在时机、葬礼仪式、芦苇席、声音等义中,为kaṭo。”此为《三章补遗》所载。“Mandirālindavatthuni”指房屋的阳台部分、地基。显示巴利原文
Kaṭā vippaliyaṃ matā’’ti . –
“Mathite”指搅拌所制成的特殊乳制品。“Sūciphale”指针状果实的酸叶果。“Duddasetare”指难以看见、难以做到的。显示巴利原文
Vopālito. ‘‘Samaye ca kriyākāre, kilañje ca sare kaṭo’’ti tikaṇḍaseso. Mandirālindavatthuni gehassa ālindabhāge vatthumhi.
998 Antarīpaṃ,指水中陆地、岛屿。Pajjoto,指灯。Bandho,指连结、关系。Mihite,指微笑。显示巴利原文
998.Mathite gorasavisese. Sūciphale ambilapattaphale. Duddasetare passituṃ adukkare.
999 Thiyaṃ,指女性通称;或指阴性词性,这是其意义。Dāre,指妻子。Sure,指天女,或特定天女。Vāsudeve,指婆薮天、那罗延天。Antake,指阎魔、掌控者。Asite,指黑色。显示巴利原文
999.Antarīpaṃ jalamajjhathalaṃ. Pajjoto padīpo. Bandho sambandho. Mihite īsaṃhasite.
1000 第九百九十一条:饮食、混合饮料等。学习经典、研习及训练,应当完整且反复精进学习。因年龄增长导致身体松弛者,为年老之故而身心松弛。腹部松弛即腹皮松弛。显示巴利原文
1000.Thiyaṃ itthisāmaññe. Itthiliṅgeti vā attho. Dāre bhariyāyaṃ. Sure devatāyaṃ, devatāvisese vā. Vāsudeve nārāyane. Antake vasavattini. Asite kāḷavaṇṇe.
1001 第九百九十二条 在破裂等处及三处标志中属于言语特征。生起于第四种方便。显示巴利原文
1001.Upaṭṭhāne pāricariyāyaṃ, sevane ca. Aññaropane abhaṃsabhāvassa aññassa taṃsabhāvaropane. Sakko sakkasaddo. Inde devarāje sakko. Janapade sakkā. Sākiye ca khame tīsu.
1002 于应避免等三种情况中,为“回避”;于回答问题中,亦为“回避”。“Dvija”指婆罗门。“Vessa”中亦有圣者。显示巴利原文
1002. Vajjanatthādīsu tīsu parihāro. Pañhavissajjanepi parihāro. Dvije brāhmaṇe. Vessepi ariyo.
1003 “Suṃsumāra”即鳄鱼。“Ulūpini”是一种凶猛的鱼。“Uddāla”是称为 selu 的树,其果实极为黏滑。显示巴利原文
1003.Suṃsumāre nakke. Ulūpini caṇḍamacchavisese. Uddālapādape selurukkhe, yassa phalāni atipicchalāni.
1004 Piyaka 指黄檀。Kaṇḍa 指箭。Khipana 指投掷。Asu 也指投掷。Yuga 指车轭等。Vikāro 指变化。Antike 指附近。显示巴利原文
1004.Piyake pītasāle. Kaṇḍe sare. Khipane asanaṃ. Asu khepane. Yuge rathayugādo. Vikāro vikati. Antike samīpe.
1005 Lavitta 指镰刀。Ajjhesanā 指先以恭敬为前提的劝请。显示巴利原文
1005.Lavitte dātte. Ajjhesanā sakkārapubbikā āyācanā.
1006 Makaci 布,世间称为“cakkū”,亦有称“sāṇa 布”者。Gantha 指声论等典籍。Lepya 等业处,即画师等所造之色。显示巴利原文
1006.Makacivatthe yaṃ loke ‘‘cakkū’’ti vuccati, ‘‘sāṇavattha’’ntipi eke. Ganthe saddasatthādike. Lepyādikammani cittakārādīhi katarūpe.
1007 Puññavati:有福德之人。Bhūsaṇhakaraṇiya:用作装饰之物,即灰泥涂抹匠所用的木制手。显示巴利原文
1007.Puññavati puggale. Bhūsaṇhakaraṇiyaṃ sudhālepakānaṃ dārumayahatthe.
1008 Pāyite:应被饮用者,亦有‘vāyite’的异读。某些传本中也见‘dayite’的异读。显示巴利原文
1008.Pāyite pātabbe, ‘‘vāyite’’tipi pāṭho. ‘‘Dayite’’tipi kvaci dissati.
1009 Lohitādimhi:于血色等之中,指一种特定的颜色。Rañjane:于染色中,如‘面部的色泽’等。Pavuddhadariya:大山洞。显示巴利原文
1009.Lohitādimhi vaṇṇavisese. Rañjane ‘‘mukharāgo’’tyādīsu. Pavuddhadariyaṃ mahādariyaṃ.
1010 Kaseru 指一种带刺植物的果实。Caccara 指道路的交汇处。此词通常被称为‘phālātī’。若表过失之义,则称为 eḷamīrita。显示巴利原文
1010.Kaserussa phale sakaṇṭakassa phale. Maggasamāgame caccare. Bahulāyaṃ ‘‘phālātī’’iti khyāte. Dose tu eḷamīritaṃ.
1011 Adhikaraṇa 指诤事或诤事的制造者。Pattādhāro 指钵的支座。Ālavālake 指为浇灌树木,在树根周围所挖的蓄水坑。Agabhedo 指一种树,即大士身为 Temiya 王子时所食之树。此处的 kārā 指女子。Kāro 亦表恭敬,通于二义。但若指监狱,则唯作 kārā。显示巴利原文
1011.Adhikaraṇe adhikaraṇakārake. Pattādhāro bhājanassa ādhāro. Ālavālake tarusekatthaṃ tarumūlavicite sobbhajalādhāre. Agabhedo rukkhabhedo, so ca mahāsattena temiyarājakumārakāle bhuttarukkho. Tatra kārā itthī. Kāropi sakkāre, dvīsu. Bandhanālaye pana kārāyeva.
1012 Meghapāsāṇa 指冰雹。Kuṇḍikā 指水瓶。Padātismiṃ 指第四军种,即步兵。显示巴利原文
1012.Meghapāsāṇe ghanopale. Kuṇḍikāyaṃ bhiṅgāre. Padātismiṃ catutthasenaṅge.
1013 Chidda等三个词,可用于“空洞”“污染”“过失”这三种意义。Muccite指应被释放者。显示巴利原文
1013.Chiddādīni tīṇi abhidhānāni susire ca dūsane aparādhe ca tīsu siyuṃ. Muccite muccitabbe.
1014 在象形(标记)上,指具有大象形态的鸟。在象之醉液中。显示巴利原文
1014.Hatthiliṅge hatthisaṇṭhānasakuṇe. Made nāgamade.
1015 在沉没、毁灭中。在出生于市镇者中,指在市镇中生起的事物上。在以店铺维生者中,指以店铺为生计者,属作者(主动语态)。显示巴利原文
1015.Atthaṅgame vināse. Nigamubbhūte nigamesañjātavatthumhi. Āpaṇopajīvini āpaṇena jīvitavuttiyaṃ kattari.
1016 “绿色”指鹦鹉羽毛之色;“叶”仅指叶片。显示巴利原文
1016.Haritasmiṃ sukapattavaṇṇe. Paṇṇe chadamatte.
1017 “在果实中”仅指树木等的果实,那是“成熟”义。“在鼻端”“面向鼻”及“成熟”三义,则通用于三种性。显示巴利原文
1017.Phalamhi rukkhādīnaṃ phalamatte. Taṃ pakkavacanaṃ. Nāsamukhe nāsābhimukhe ca pariṇate ca tīsu.
“在生计中”指生活与谋生方式;“在团积中”指积聚、堆积;“在圆球中”指圆形。显示巴利原文
Ājīvane jīvitavuttiyaṃ. Piṇḍane rāsikaraṇe. Goḷake vaṭṭale.
1018 于随行(费用),指酬劳。于业等,指业轮、果报轮、烦恼轮。于圆球,指气泡形状。于回取,指回答之回取。显示巴利原文
1018.Paribbaye vetane. Kammādike kammavaṭṭavipākavaṭṭakilesavaṭṭe. Vaṭṭale bubbuḷasaṇṭhāne. Paccāhāre paṭivacanāhāre.
1019 于制品,指制作物,或丑陋者。显示巴利原文
1019.Vikate vikatiyaṃ, virūpe vā.
1020 于左侧,指非右侧。可爱,即可意。于应射,指应以箭射的靶等。于标记,指特征。显示巴利原文
1020.Sabyamhi adakkhiṇe. Cāru manuññaṃ. Sarabye sarena vijjhitabbe phalakādo. Cihane lakkhaṇe.
1021 当表示同技艺者时,指同等技艺者的团体,即阴性的“军旅”;在行列中,指一排;在灰泥中,指涂抹料;在尘埃中,指微尘;在香粉中,指适宜熏香的粉末。显示巴利原文
1021.Samasippīnaṃ samānasippīnaṃ gaṇe seṇī itthī. Āvaḷiyaṃ pantiyaṃ. Sudhāyaṃ lepe. Dhūliyaṃ rajasi. Vāsacuṇṇake vāsayoggacuṇṇe.
1022 在“极称赞”中,指用于被称赞者的词缀 jo;在“极年长”中,指用于年长者的词缀。在酪浆中,指牛乳的特殊制品。Hoti 是动词词形。显示巴利原文
1022.Atipasatthe pasatthassa jo, ativuḍḍhe vuḍḍhassa. Takke gorasavisese. Hotīti kriyāpadaṃ.
1023 在“赌注”中,指赌徒等的业处。在“黑色”中,指暗黑。显示巴利原文
1023.Paṇe jūtakārādīnaṃ kammani. Kaṇhe kāḷe.
1024 “生起”指精液。“不净”指不洁净。显示巴利原文
1024.Sambhave sukke. Amejjhe apavitte.
1025 于众多黑鹿中。于鱼钩、捕鱼陷阱中。于名为弯钩山的岩石裂缝中。显示巴利原文
1025.Ikke bahulome kāḷamige. Baḷise macchavedhane. Selabhede vaṅkanāmake pabbate.
1026 “尸体”即死身。“一半”即半分,因此说“于男子”,而说“于男子”是就多数情况而言,因此说“或部分、全体于男子”。显示巴利原文
1026.Kuṇapamhi matakāye. Addhamhi samaddhabhāge, tenāha ‘‘purise’’ti, ‘‘purise’’ti ca yebhuyyappavattiṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ, tenāha ‘‘vā khaṇḍaṃ sakalaṃ pume’’ti.
1027 在夜幕初临之时,即夜晚的开端。显示巴利原文
1027.Saṃvarīmukhe rattiyā ādimhi.
1030 天神的一类,即名为鸠槃荼的夜叉。属于藤本类,其果实大如锅。第四分,即第四部分。足,即脚。边地山,即山脚。显示巴利原文
1030.Devabhedo kumbhaṇḍo nāma yakkho. Vallijātiyaṃ yassā phalāni ukkhalippamāṇāni honti. Catutthaṃse catutthabhūte koṭṭhāse. Pade caraṇe. Paccantasele pabbatapāde.
1031 金属之中,即白铜。众多之中,即复数。铁匠器物之类中,称为“tū”者。门闩,即持钥匙者。显示巴利原文
1031.Lohantare setalohe. Bahumhi bahuvacane. Kammārabhaṇḍabhede ‘‘tū’’iti khyāte. Khaṭake kuñcikapāṇimhi.
1032 于木制的谷物量器中。于安立,即安住于上方。于处所,即处所本身。显示巴利原文
1032.Doṇiyaṃ kaṭṭhamaye dhaññamānike. Adhiṭṭhitiyaṃ upariṭṭhāne. Ṭhāne ṭhānamatte.
1034 于部分的区分中,如“肾脏、心脏”等。于弯曲,即扭曲。天眼、宿命随念、漏尽,称为三明;由“等”字,八明亦被包含。于智慧,即智。显示巴利原文
1034. Koṭṭhāsabhedasmiṃ ‘‘vakkaṃ hadaya’’ntyādīsu . Vaṅke kuṭilye. Dibbacakkhupubbenivāsānussatiāsavakkhayasaṅkhātā tisso vijjā, ādinā aṭṭha vijjā gahitā. Buddhiyaṃ ñāṇe.
1035 于无混乱,即远离混乱。于颂,指首卢迦等。于一半,即部分。于三者中,有pajjo与pajja之词。显示巴利原文
1035.Anākule ākularahite. Siloke anuṭṭhubhādo. Addhe bhāge. Tīsu pajjo pajjasaddo.
1036 指一种能净化水的树木果实。指通过造作而成的人工之物。指能领受言语的应受教者。指腐汁,即脓。显示巴利原文
1036.Rukkhabhedasmiṃ udakappasādanaphale. Kittime karaṇena nipphatte. Vidheyye vacanaggāhini. Pubbamhi pūye.
1037 指守护所得,即守护已得的财物等利益。指派遣,即差使。指应作之事,即果报。显示巴利原文
1037.Laddhattharakkhaṇe laddhassa dhanādikassa atthassa rakkhaṇe. Niyojane pesane. Kāriye phale.
1038 指已得安慰者。指菩提树,即我们世尊的菩提树。指造作粗暴行为之残酷者。指猎人,即捕杀鹿、鱼等的猎人。显示巴利原文
1038.Assāsappatte laddhassāse. Bodhidume amhākaṃ bhagavato bodhirukkhe. Kurūre kakkhaḷakārake. Nesādamhi migamacchādiludde.
1039 在‘附着’处,指执著。在‘中间’处,指腹部。在‘部分’处,指非半分。在‘富有者’处,指大财富者。显示巴利原文
1039.Laggasmiṃ saṅge. Majjhamhi udare. Bhāge asamaddhabhāge. Dhanimhi mahaddhane.
1040 在‘稠密’处,指混杂处。在‘自己的相续’中,即自己内在的相续。此处说明了所缘境与行境的区别。显示巴利原文
1040.Gahane saṅkare. Sasantāne attano niyakajjhattasantāne. Visayagocarānaṃ viseso vutto.
1041 在‘世间’处,指欲有等。在‘人’处,指于手。在‘名声’处,指于称誉。在‘偈颂’处,指阿努图巴等。在‘树’处,指各种树木。显示巴利原文
1041.Bhuvane kāmabhavādike. Jane pāṇimhi. Yase kittiyaṃ. Pajje anuṭṭhubhādo. Rukkhe rukkhabhede.
1042 第一〇四二条:瓦塔树,即榕树。在乌鸦中,即于鸦。在苍鹭中,即于白翼者。机会,即空间。白天,即日。在乳房中,即于妇女的乳房。在云中,即于雨云。显示巴利原文
1042.Vaṭo vaṭarukkho. Vāyase kāke. Bake setapatte. Avasaro avakāso. Ahaṃ dinaṃ. Kuce nārithane. Abbhe meghe.
1043 第一〇四三条:于膝上,即跏趺坐的区域。于徵相之中,即指能令人知晓之物。显示巴利原文
1043.Ucchaṅge pallaṅkoparibhāge. Lakkhaṇe ñāpake.
在‘所见’与‘光明’中,用于‘看见’和‘光明’等义。显示巴利原文
Diṭṭhobhāsesu dassane, obhāse cāti atthesu.
1044 第一〇四四条:太阳与光线,指太阳和光芒。调伏,即调治与降伏。慢,是慢的一种。山峰,即山的顶峰。显示巴利原文
1044.Sūraṃsūsu sūriye, kiraṇe ca. Dame damane. Mānaṃ mānaviseso. Sānu pabbatasānu.
1045 第一〇四五条:热,指太阳之热。旃陀罗,即‘煮狗者’——煮狗者被称为旃陀罗。畜生,指四足动物。羚羊,属于鹿类。猫头鹰,即穴居之鸟。因陀罗,为帝释。‘在摩醯因陀罗、古古鲁香、猫头鹰及捕捉者中,为猫头鹰’——阿摩罗辛哈说。显示巴利原文
1045.Tāpo sūriyasantāpo. Sapace caṇḍāle, saṃ sunakhaṃ pacatīti sapaco. Pasu catuppado. Kuruṅgo ajinayoni. Ulūko koṭarasakuṇo. Indo sakko. ‘‘Mahinde guggululūka-palaggāhesu kosiyo’’ti amarasīho.
1046 第一〇四六条:摩那婆,指人。我,是作为身体等主宰之神。头上,指最上之处。锡中,即黑铁之中。显示巴利原文
1046.Māṇavo macco. Attā sarīrādhipatidevatā. Sire uttamaṅge. Tipumhi kāḷalohe.
1047 第一〇四七条:献供,即应分之份。手,即手掌。光线,即光辉。于牙齿中,即指牙。于婆罗门中,即梵志。于卵生中,即卵所生者。于偈颂中,即阿努图巴等。面,即口。行仪,即八十种大行仪等。于谷粒中,即碎米。于微细中,即极微。“拉瓦、雷萨、卡那、阿那瓦”——阿摩罗辛哈确实将“卡那”说为微细的同义词。显示巴利原文
1047.Bali bhāgadeyyo. Hattho pāṇi. Aṃsu bhā. Dante rade. Vippe brāhmaṇe. Aṇḍaje aṇḍasañjāte. Pajje anuṭṭhubhādo. Ānanaṃ mukhaṃ. Ācāro asītimahāvattādi. Dhaññaṅge bhinnataṇḍule. Sukhume aṇumhi. ‘‘Lavalesakaṇāṇavo’’ti hi amarasīhena sukhumapariyāyo kaṇo vutto.
1048 第一〇四八条:柱,即房屋等之主要木材。愚钝性,即愚痴性。粥,即豆类所制之食。菜肴,即其余种种菜肴。所谓“疱”,指当脓液转变时,并无苦受的那种状态。所谓“颊”,指面颊两侧突起之间的部位。于价值中,即本金。显示巴利原文
1048.Thūṇā gehādīnaṃ padhānadāru. Jaḷattaṃ mūḷhattaṃ. Kummāso māsavikati. Byañjanaṃ tadaññabyañjanaṃ. Phoṭo nāma yasmiṃ pūye viparīte dukkhavedanā natthi. Kapolo nāma mukhacūḷikānaṃ antaraṭṭhānaṃ. Mūlye mūladhane.
1049 第一〇四九条:光翼鸟与鸟,合称光翼鸟。其中,“鸟”指鸟类之一种,“光翼鸟”指空中飞行的鸟,沃帕利陀即说:“‘鸟’为鸟类之一种,‘光翼鸟’为空中飞鸟”,并有“以美丽的方式闪耀着,闪耀者即为光翼鸟”之说。也有读作“鸟、光翼鸟”的。于福分中,即能带来善、恶果报的业。于作法中,即造作。显示巴利原文
1049. Bhāsapakkhī ca pakkhī ca bhāsapakkhino, tesu, ‘‘sakunto pakkhibhedepi, bhāsapakkhi vihaṅgame’’ti hi ‘‘bhāsantaṃ sundarākāre, bhāsanto bhāsapakkhinī’’ti ca vopālito. ‘‘Sakunto bhāsapakkhinī’’tipi pāṭho. Bhāgye subhāsubhāvahe kammani. Vidhāne karaṇe.
1050 飞升虚空后,又降入水中捕鱼者,名为青鸟的杜鹃。‘Eṇe’指雌羚羊。‘Saro’为箭。‘Sede’指蒸,‘sida’指煮。‘Pāko’为烹饪。于比丘分类中,如‘凑数者’等。‘Caye’指积聚、集合。显示巴利原文
1050. Yo ākāsaṃ abbhuggantvā puna otaritvā udakabbhantare macche gaṇhāti, so nīlasakuṇo cātako nāma. Eṇe eṇīmigakhyāte. Saro kaṇḍo. Sede sedane, sida pāke. Pāko pacanaṃ. Bhikkhubhede ‘‘gaṇapūrako’’tyādīsu. Caye samūhe.
1051 ‘Puñje’指堆、团。羊、牛、交合、蟹、狮、少女、秤、蝎、弓、摩羯、瓶、鱼,此为羊等十二宫。‘Loṇe’指盐中最胜者。‘Saṃvaṭṭe’指坏灭劫。‘Kamuke’指槟榔果树。显示巴利原文
1051.Puñje piṇḍe. Meso usabho methunaṃ kakkaṭo sīho kaññā tulā vicchiko dhanu makaro kumbho mīnoti mesādi. Loṇe lavaṇuttame. Saṃvaṭṭe vināsakappe. Kamuke tambūlaphalarukkhe.
1052 ‘Amate’指天神的食物。‘Lepe’指由纯净白糖粉末等所成之物。‘Satthe’指一种长柄的特定刀具。‘Najjantare’指在恒河、耶牟那河、阿致罗筏底河、萨罗补河、摩醯河这五条大河中,第五大河之处。‘Bhuvi’指大地。‘Kriyā’指由女子情爱姿态所生的动作。‘Vilāso’则是由其他所生的优美姿态。‘Atraje’指儿子。显示巴利原文
1052.Amate devatābhojane. Lepe suddhasakkharacuṇṇādimaye. Satthe dīghadaṇḍe satthavisese. Najjantareti gaṅgā yamunā aciravatī sarabhū mahīti pañcasu mahānadīsu pañcamāya mahānadiyaṃ. Bhuvi pathaviyaṃ. Kriyā nārīsiṅgārabhāvajā kriyā. Vilāso pana tadaññajo. Atraje putte.
1053 ‘Kutho’是铺在象背上的毯子。‘Veṇī’是妇女的发辫。正如沃帕利塔所说:‘Paveṇī、veṇī、kuthayo’。有些地方也读作‘Paveṇī kulaveṇīsu’。‘Vutti’指生存、居住。‘Vuttā’指所说之事、传闻。‘Vetane’指通过工作应得的报酬。‘Bharaṇe’指养育、扶养,以及持守。显示巴利原文
1053.Kutho hatthipiṭṭhattharaṇaṃ. Veṇī nārīnaṃ kesakalāpo. ‘‘Paveṇī veṇī kuthayo’’ti hi vopālito. ‘‘Paveṇī kulaveṇīsū’’tipi kvaci pāṭho. Vutti bhavanaṃ . Vuttā vuttanto. Vetane kammena laddhabbe. Bharaṇe posane, dhāraṇe ca.
1054 ‘Mariyāda’一词有两种意义。‘Sattā’指存在性。‘Samiddhi’是成就、繁荣。‘Soppe’指睡眠。‘Vutti’指生计、生活之道。显示巴利原文
1054.Mariyādasaddo dvīsu. Sattā vijjamānatā. Samiddhi sampatti. Soppe niddāyaṃ. Vutti jīvitavutti.
1055 ‘Kucchā’是谴责、轻蔑。‘Apavādo’是诽谤、说坏话,也包括说不真实的事。‘Dhaññe’指特定的谷物,其穗头如拇指般大小且长。‘Piyaṅgu’是一种香料。‘Mokkhe’指涅槃。‘Sive’指吉祥、善妙。显示巴利原文
1055.Kucchā garahā. Apavādo avaṇṇavādo, abhūtākkhānampi. Dhaññe dhaññavisese, yassa sīsaṃ aṅguṭṭhappamāṇaṃ dīghañca. Piyaṅgu gandhadabbaṃ. Mokkhe nibbāne. Sive kalyāṇe.
1056 ‘Rañjane’指染色,如染袈裟等;‘Sūrate’指淫欲、交合;‘Vāse’指居住的行为。显示巴利原文
1056.Rañjane kāsāyādirañjane. Sūrate methune. Vāse vasanakriyāyaṃ.
1057 ‘Patthe’指一种量器;‘Nāḷe’指青莲花等花梗;‘Pipāsāyaṃ’指想饮的渴望;‘Vutti’指存在、居住。显示巴利原文
1057.Patthe mānatumbe. Nāḷe uppalādīnaṃ nāḷe. Pipāsāyaṃ pātumicchāyaṃ. Vutti bhavanaṃ.
1058 ‘Pāṇyaṅge’指身体肢节中的肚脐;‘Cakkante’指轮子的边缘。显示巴利原文
1058.Pāṇyaṅge saṅkhanābhiyaṃ. Cakkante cakkassa ante.
‘Nābhi’一词用于身体肢节、田地、轮缘及转轮王等义,亦在某些地方被说为‘首要’、‘麝香’、‘肉’。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Nābhi pāṇyaṅgaṅge khette, cakkantacakkavattisu; Nābhi padhāne katthūri-maṃse ca kvaci kittito’’ti. –
1059 “Antare”意为两者之间。“Vīci sukhataraṅgesū”是注释师Vopālito的读法。“Thiratte”意为坚固性。“Dhīratte”亦是异读,意义相同。“Save”意为听闻。显示巴利原文
1059.Antareti dvinnaṃ antare. ‘‘Vīci sukhataraṅgesū’’ti vopālito. Thiratte thirabhāve. ‘‘Dhīratte’’tipi pāṭho, soyevattho. Save savane.
1060 “Nissaye”意为依止、所依。显示巴利原文
1060.Nissaye ādhāre.
1061 “Vitte”意为财富。“Aṅko”意为相(特征)。“Buddhi”意为智。“Khe”意为虚空。显示巴利原文
1061.Vitte dhane. Aṅko lakkhaṇaṃ. Buddhi ñāṇaṃ. Khe ākāse.
1062 Vate指外道之行仪。Āgumhi指过患。Maṇi指摩尼宝,即石所成者,又或指名为摩尼的殊胜宝物。Hāyane指年岁。Vuṭṭhi指降雨。显示巴利原文
1062.Vate titthiyasamācāre. Āgumhi aparādhe. Maṇi silāvikati, maṇisaṅkhāto vā ratanaviseso idha maṇi nāma. Hāyane saṃvacchare. Vuṭṭhi vassanaṃ.
1063 Lipi指字母等之排列差别。Mokkho指涅槃。Rate指喜乐。显示巴利原文
1063.Lipi akārādīnaṃ sannivesaviseso. Mokkho nibbānaṃ. Rate sūrate.
1064 于“pāpe”与“asubhe”中的“riṭṭha”,意指恶与不净。“Ariṭṭhaṃ”亦在此处,加“a”音以表其相反状态。“Aparādho”指过患。“Ketumhi”指旗帜。“Cihane”指相(标志)。‘Dhajo soṇḍikalesesu, paṭākāyañca cihane’是注师Vopālito之读法。显示巴利原文
1064. Pāpe ca asubhe ca riṭṭhaṃ. Ariṭṭhaṃpyatra, tabbhāve tatra akāro. Aparādho ādīnavo. Ketumhi paṭākāyaṃ. Cihane lakkhaṇe. ‘‘Dhajo soṇḍikalesesu, paṭākāyañca cihane’’ti vopālito.
1065 Dvāramattepi与bahidvārepi:仅门内、门外。自此以下所释的多义(一词多义)词,即vāccaliṅgā。Phuṭe:明显、显露。显示巴利原文
1065.Dvāramattepi bahidvārepi. Ito paraṃ ye anekatthā vuccante, te vāccaliṅgā. Phuṭe pākaṭe.
1066 Ajjhakkhe:过量、过度。Jaḷe:愚痴。Lolupe:极贪。Cale:动摇。显示巴利原文
1066.Ajjhakkhe adhikate. Jaḷe aññāṇe. Lolupe atitaṇhe. Cale kampite.
1067 Vikate:丑陋。Komalaṃ:柔软。Atikhiṇo:极钝。显示巴利原文
1067.Vikate virūpe. Komalaṃ akaṭhinaṃ. Atikhiṇo kuṇṭho.
1068 Site意为白色。Sūcako意为离间者、搬弄是非之人。Ahi意为蛇。Sakke意为堪忍、宽恕。“Satte”的异读,则意为与众生相连、相应。Sambandhe意为联结、不相离。Akhile意为全部、完整。显示巴利原文
1068.Site sete. Sūcako pesuññakārako. Ahi sappo. Sakke khame. ‘‘Satte’’ti pāṭhe pana sattiyuttetyattho. Sambandhe avippayoge. Akhile sakale.
1069 Kevalaṃ意为纯一、无杂。Anto意为边际、终结。Adhamo意为低下、卑劣。Paṇato意为于佛陀等前俯首、谦敬。Ninno意为低洼,与高地相对。显示巴利原文
1069.Kevalaṃ asammissaṃ. Anto avasānaṃ. Adhamo nihīno. Paṇato buddhādīsu ninno. Ninno thalapaṭipakkho.
1070 Suddhe意为清净、不杂他物。Pūte意为腐烂、恶秽。显示巴利原文
1070.Suddhe aññena asammissite. Pūte mejjhe.
1071 于遍满中,于遍满者。于将存在、未至的事处。于彼处,于老朽者。显示巴利原文
1071.Byāpe byāpite. Bhāvini anāgate vatthumhi. There jiṇṇe.
1072 认为‘bahusaddo(复数词)’仅用于‘于一处、两处不转起’等情形,故说‘tyādo(等)’。然而,由于已说‘单数、复数’,复数词在两处亦可转起。或者,阿阇梨考虑到其他宗派的说法而说‘tyādo’。因为彼处的言词有三种:单数、双数、复数。语法既为一切集会所共许,故有时亦讲述一切宗派之说。显示巴利原文
1072.Bahusaddo ‘‘ekasmiṃ, dvīsu ca na pavattatī’’tyādīsuyeva pavattatīti maññamāno ‘‘tyādo’’ti vadati. ‘‘Ekavacanaṃ, bahuvacana’’nti vuttattā pana dvīsupi bahusaddo vattateva. Ācariyena vā parasamayavacanāni manasi katvā ‘‘tyādo’’ti vuttaṃ. Tividhañhi tattha vacanaṃ ekavacanaṃ dvivacanaṃ bahuvacananti. Sabbapārisadattā hi byākaraṇassa sabbesaṃ vādā katthaci kathīyante.
Dhī 意为智慧,具有它者,即是 dhīra(智者)、觉者。或者,dhāna(持守)即是 dhī,具有它者,即是 dhīra(坚定者)、具坚定者。于动摇中,于动摇者。显示巴利原文
Dhī vuccati paññā, sā yassa atthi, sa dhīro, budho. Dhānaṃ vā dhī, sā yassatthīti sa dhīro, dhitimanto. Dhute cale.
1073 就车乘而言,于象车等载具,称为yogga。而于堪忍之义,则称为yoggo。显示巴利原文
1073.Yāne hatthādiyāne yoggaṃ. Khame pana yoggo.
1074 就年长而言,指寿长者。就出身而言,指善家族出身者。Vuddho,指寿长者。Uru,指度量广大者。显示巴利原文
1074.Vuḍḍhe āyuvuḍḍhe. Kulaje kulīne. Vuddho āyuvuḍḍho. Uru pamāṇato mahanto.
1075 就所说而言,指应被言说者。就上出而言,指向上而去者。就燃烧而言,指被火等所烧灼者。就傲慢而言,指于心中生起傲慢者。显示巴利原文
1075.Vutte vattabbe. Uggate uddhaṃgate. Āditte agyādīhi, gabbite sañjātamāne.
1076 Vigate:离去;vigatarāge:离贪者。Vāyane:编织;vīte paṭe:已织之布。Bhajjite:炒制;dhaññādike:谷物等。Bhajja:烹煮。显示巴利原文
1076.Vigate vigatarāge. Vāyane vīte paṭe. Bhajjite dhaññādike. Bhajja pāke.
1077 Caye:积聚;samūhe:集合。Samo:相等者。Ari:敌人。亦有读作‘Samādisū’者。Vīre:英雄;akātare:不怯懦者;sūre:勇者。Ravisūro 即日神,被称为‘sūro’。Kuddhe:忿怒;kodhasahite:具嗔者。Dūsite:污染;appiye:不可爱者。显示巴利原文
1077.Caye samūhe. Samo tulyo. Ari sattu. ‘‘Samādisū’’tipi pāṭho. Vīre akātare sūre. Ravisūroti ravisūriyo ‘‘sūro’’ti vutto. Kuddhe kodhasahite. Dūsite appiye.
1078 Arimhi:敌人中;sattumhi:于怨敌中,diṭṭho 意为被见。Ikkhitepi:于已见中,亦是 diṭṭho(所见)。Pote:幼儿;bālake:孩童。Vate:誓愿;ekantasādhane:一向成就;vatakamme:誓愿行为。显示巴利原文
1078.Arimhi sattumhi diṭṭho. Ikkhitepi diṭṭho. Pote bālake. Vate ekantasādhane vatakamme.
1079 Salākā(筹)指草筹的取用。Dabba指吉祥草。Khaya(灭尽)如说‘观生灭者’。Sakuṇa(鸟)亦有vayo之义,如‘诸有情的寿命以灭尽为死’等。Gabba为傲慢。显示巴利原文
1079.Salākāyaṃ kusāvahāre. Dabbe varahisatiṇe. Khaye udayabbayānupassīti. Sakuṇepi vayo ‘‘visayuttannabhuttānaṃ, vayānaṃ maraṇaṃ bhave’’tyādīsu. Gabbo abhimāno.
1080 Biḷāla(猫)即猫。Nakula(獴)即杀蛇者。Manthana是搅乳棒。Sattu是米粉等特殊嚼食。Assādiloma(毛发)指马等的毛。Ghāta为死。Rāsi为堆。显示巴利原文
1080.Biḷāle majjāre. Nakule ahisattumhi. Manthano khīramanthanadaṇḍo. Sattu taṇḍulavikatikhajjaviseso. Assādilome assādīnaṃ lome. Ghāto maraṇaṃ. Rāsi puñjo.
1081 Gopagāma(牧牛村)指牧牛者之村。Rava(叫声)即声音。Sārathi是御者。Vandī是赞颂诵者。显示巴利原文
1081.Gopagāme gopālānaṃ gāme. Rave sadde. Sārathi pājitā. Vandī thutipāṭhako.
向车夫、医生、畜生以及知吠陀者,
刹帝利、婆罗门女等,各自向足下敬礼。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sārathimhi ticchake ca, pasute veditepi ca; Khattiyā brāhmaṇiyā jepi, visūto pādavandisū’’ti. –
未以线等串起的花,称为散花。以线等串起的花环,称为已串花。车乘中,指负重之车。马匹中,指马。显示巴利原文
Vopālito. Pupphe suttādinā asaṅkhate. Taddāme pupphadāme suttādinā saṅkhate. Sakaṭe ane. Haye asse.
1082 于尊敬中,即供养。于星宿中。于眼睛中间,称为‘针’。界限,即边际。显示巴利原文
1082.Accane pūjāyaṃ. Bhe nakkhatte. Nettamajjhe ‘‘sūlā’’ti khyāte. Odhi mariyādo.
1083 圆满,即完全圆满。过失,即罪过。于作意中,亦指转向。Āḷi一词意为女人。女友,以年龄而论。桥,是挡水之物,亦是河流等的通道。于具有力量者中,指坚固之义。所谓:‘坚固、粗大、强盛、具有力量,于深入中亦称为坚固。’显示巴利原文
1083.Puṇṇatā paripuṇṇatā. Avajjaṃ doso. Manakkārepi ābhogo. Āḷisaddo itthī. Sakhī vayasā. Setu jalavāraṇo, nadyādimaggo ca. Satte sattiyutte, thiretyattho. ‘‘Daḷho thūle bhuse satte, pagāḷhepi daḷhe mato’’ti vopālito.
1084 于解脱、涅槃中,亦于阿罗汉果中。于主人、丈夫中。持护者:因能持护,故为持护者,在此义中。于养育者中,亦指丈夫。显示巴利原文
1084.Mokkhe nibbāne, arahattaphalepi. Sāmini patimhi. Dhāraketi dhāretīti dhārako, tattha. Posakepi bhattā.
1085 顶髻,即发髻。尾羽,即尾巴。“自身”用于表示“僧众的”、“个人的”等区分。“毁坏”用于责备之义。显示巴利原文
1085.Sikhā cūḷā. Piñchaṃ pucchaṃ. Attani ‘‘saṅghikaṃ puggalika’’ntyādīsu. Khepe nindāyaṃ.
1086 “色”指颜色。“粪”指粪便。显示巴利原文
1086.Rūpe vaṇṇe. Karīse gūthe.
1087 “碎片”也指整体。“叶”指树木等的叶子。“杆”指箭、芦苇。“探针”用于伤口。“清净性”即清净的状态,用于此义。“去”指行走的动作。“Dhāva”意为清净的行走,此为词根读法。“娇态”是女子的妩媚情态动作。“无明”指无知。“昏迷”指失去知觉的状态。显示巴利原文
1087.Khaṇḍe sakale. Paṇṇe rukkhādīnaṃ paṇṇe. Kaṇḍe sare. Salākā vaṇopayuttā. Sucino bhāvo sucittaṃ, tasmiṃ. Gate gamanakriyāyaṃ. ‘‘Dhāva gatisuddhiya’’nti hi dhātupāṭho. Hāvo itthīnaṃ siṅgārabhāvajakriyā. Avijjāya aññāṇe. Mucchane visaññibhāve.
1088 热汗水:指身上因热所生之水。在烹饪、烧煮中;在称为“mu-yī”的泥丸中;在甘蔗所生,即甘蔗汁所生之物中。在朋友、可爱之友,或仅是朋友中。在同伴、行利益者中。主人,即主宰。此词为阳性。显示巴利原文
1088.Ghammajalaṃ kāye uṇhena sañjātajalaṃ. Pāke paccane. Goḷe ‘‘mu-yī’’iti khyāte mattikāguḷake. Ucchumaye ucchurasasañjāte. Mitte piyamitte, mittamatte vā. Sahāye atthacare. Pabhū adhipati. So pulliṅgo.
1089 残酷:指粗暴的行为。其他:他处或他世。此处:此世间。标记:即特征;在罪过、戏剧的一幕中也称作aṅka。诽谤:世间的指责。地方:特定区域。有言:“存在,即国土、地方,人民,亦在国土中。”显示巴利原文
1089.Kurūre kakkhaḷakammante. Parasmiṃ paraṭṭhāne, paraloke vā. Atra ṭhāne, loke vā. Aṅko cihanaṃ. Aparādhe nāṭakaparicchedepi aṅko. Apavādo lokagarahā. Dese desavisese. ‘‘Bhave janapado dese, jane janapadepi ce’’ti vopālito.
1090 于偈颂、诗颂中。于言语分别、辩才之语中。于随行、相续中。于自性、相同状态中。于下方分,亦即底部。显示巴利原文
1090.Pajje siloke. Vacībhede byattavācāyaṃ. Anvaye santāne. Sarūpasmiṃ samānabhāve. Adhobhāge ca talaṃ.
1091 Vilagge,是指身体的正中部位。Vemajjhe,是指中央、中间的状态。Kusumaṃ,是指花。Utu,是指女性的经期。Subbate,是指在善戒之中。显示巴利原文
1091.Vilagge kāyamajjhe. Vemajjhe majjhasāmaññe. Kusumaṃ pasavaṃ. Utu itthipupphaṃ. Subbate sundare vate.
1092 Kose,是指阴鞘或包皮。Gabbhare,是指洞穴。Bile,是指蚂蚁等群类的住处。Gaṇḍake,是指犀牛的角。Kadambe,是指名为“Thina”的树。Dume,是指树。Caye,是指聚集。显示巴利原文
1092.Kose liṅgapasibbake. Gabbhare guhāyaṃ. Bile kipillikādīnaṃ āvāse. Gaṇḍake khaggavisāṇe. Kadambe ‘‘thina’’iti khyāte. Dume rukkhe. Caye samūhe.
1093 Bhe,是指星宿的分类。Dhenuyaṃ,是指有角的母牛。Yoniyaṃ,是指女性的生殖器官。Sire,是指头。显示巴利原文
1093.Bhe nakkhattabhede. Dhenuyaṃ siṅginiyaṃ. Yoniyaṃ itthīnaṃ aṅgajāte. Sire sīse.
1094 “Bhogī”一词指拥有财富者,也指蛇。“Sivo”指大自在天。“Bale”指力量。“Pabhāve”指威力、光焰。“Vīriyaṃ sukke pabhāve, tejo sāmatthiyesvapī”ti vopālito。而“Tejas”一词,则适用于上述诸义及这两种意义,亦用于光辉之义。显示巴利原文
1094.Bhogīsaddo bhogavati puggale, urage ca. Sivo mahissaro. Bale thāme. Pabhāve tejasi. ‘‘Vīriyaṃ sukke pabhāve, tejo sāmatthiyesvapī’’ti vopālito. Tejasaddo pana tesu ca yathāvuttesupi dvīsvatthesu, dittiyañca vattati.
1095 “Santati”指持续、承载。“Khaggaṅge”指剑的锋利部分。“Sūte”指车夫。“Paṭihāre”指传话者。据“Vida lābhe”这一词根义,“vitti”为获得。“Pīḷā”指逼迫、恼害。显示巴利原文
1095.Santati ādhāro. Khaggaṅge khaggassa tikhiṇāvayave. Sūte sārathimhi. Paṭihāre vacanahāre. ‘‘Vida lābhe’’ti dhātvatthato vitti. Pīḷā vibādhā.
1096 “Rave”指声音。“Palāse”指无米粒的稻谷。显示巴利原文
1096.Rave sadde. Palāse nittaṇḍulavīhimhi.
1097 Rukkhe:指树;ambaṭṭharukkhe:指某种树。Parasamaye:则指逼恼。Adhikappeme:指过度的爱。显示巴利原文
1097.Rukkhe ambaṭṭharukkhe. Parasamaye pana bādhā. Adhikappeme atisayapeme.
1098 Ketumhi:指幢、旗。Lekhye:指应书写者,即文书。Rājiyaṃ:则指线条或行列。显示巴利原文
1098.Ketumhi dhaje. Lekhye likhitabbe lekhe. Rājiyaṃ tu lekhā.
1099 Satthe:指武器一类。Satte:指有情。Caye:指积聚。显示巴利原文
1099.Satthe āvudhabhede. Satte pāṇimhi. Caye samūhe.
1100 Āḷiyaṃ 指河道,亦指蓄水处。显示巴利原文
1100.Āḷiyaṃ nadīmagge, jaladhāraṇe ca.
1101 Saṃsade 指集会处。Ayana 一词用于表示行走与道路。显示巴利原文
1101.Saṃsade sabhāye. Ayanasaddo gamane, pathe ca vattati.
1102 Rukkhantare 指树丛。Sūre 指太阳。Koṇe 指方位、角落。Haye 指马,turaṅge 亦指马。Khandhe 指肩。Acci 一词表火焰、火舌。Aṃsumhi 指其光线,亦用于其余诸物之光线。而此词不为阳性。显示巴利原文
1102.Rukkhantare gaṇadume. Sūre sūriye. Koṇe vidisāyaṃ. Haye turaṅge ca asso. Khandhe bhujasire. Accisaddo jālāyaṃ aggijālāyaṃ. Aṃsumhi tassa, aññesañca aṃsumhi vattati. So ca no pume pulliṅge na vattati.
1103 “Abhāva”一词用于表示存在之物的灭去;“Asat”一词则用于不存在之义。“Bhutti”指受用、享用的行为。在“命”中,“jīva”指寿命;在“人”中,“jīva”指有命者。显示巴利原文
1103.Abhāvasaddo nāse vijjamānassa nāse. Asattasaddo avijjamānatthe vattati. Bhutti bhuñjanakriyā. Pāṇe āyumhi jīvaṃ. Jane pāṇavati jīvo.
1104 “Chadana”一词用于房屋等的覆盖。“Rāsi”指堆、积聚,也指同法者的团体。显示巴利原文
1104.Chadane gahādīnaṃ chadane. Rāsi puñjo, sahadhammīnaṃ gaṇo ca.
“Nikāya”一词用于住处、目标,以及合集、总聚之义。
“Ekattha”一词,义指同一处所、同一容器,亦指最高我。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Nikāyo nilaye lakkhye, saṃhatānaṃ samuccaye; Ekattha bhājini vase, paramattani vuccate’’ti. –
“Vopālita”所释:“Yajana”意谓供养天神;“Accana”意谓单纯的恭敬供养;“Dikkhā”意谓剃度、出家、持戒、律仪等。显示巴利原文
Vopālito. Yajane devapūjāyaṃ. Accane pūjāmatte. Dikkha muṇḍiyopanayananiyamabbatādesesu.
1105 “Karaṇa”即所作,亦称作“kārikā”,意为行为、造作,依自义加 ṇika 词缀。“pajja”中亦同此义。“Cihana”意为标记、特征。“Thīraja”意为妇女的月经期。“Puppha”意为花或悦意之物。“Vānara”意为猕猴。显示巴利原文
1105. Karaṇaṃ kāro, so eva kārikā, kriyā, sakatthe ṇiko. Pajjepi soyevattho. Cihane lakkhaṇe. Thīraje itthīnaṃ utumhi. Pupphe sumane. Vānare makkaṭe.
1106 “Adhara”指唇,也就是遮护牙齿之物。“Kharabha”即被称为“ka-la-au”者。“Luddha”亦指贪婪之人。“Āvila”指浑浊、不清澈。显示巴利原文
1106.Adhare dantāvaraṇe. Kharabhe ‘‘ka-la-au’’iti khyāte. Lobhapuggalepi luddho. Āvile anacche.
1107 “Carama”意为最后的,亦指秘密行事之人。显示巴利原文
1107.Caramhi guttapurise.
1108 “Hāsa”与“gandha”合为“hāsagandha”,是在他们之中而言。“Gandha”在此处指能远播者。“Cāru”亦用于称叹美好之物。“Khala”有动摇、积聚之义,后缀为“to”,构成“khalita”。显示巴利原文
1108. Hāso ca gandho ca hāsagandhā, tesu. Gandhotra dūragāmī. Kalyāṇepi cāru. Khala calane, sañcaye ca, to, khalito.
1109 “Vakkala”即树皮。“Adhiroha”即攀登的行为。“Vatthantara”指种种彩色的布料,产于支那国。显示巴利原文
1109.Vakkale rukkhattace. Adhirohe ārohanakriyāyaṃ. Vatthantaraṃ vicittarūpaṃ vatthaṃ, yaṃ cīnadese sañjātaṃ.
1110 “Paṭihāra”即名为“ḍa-gā”者。“Mukha”指口,为食物等所入之处。“Peta”指已往生他世者。“Aparaṇṇa”指绿豆等。“Kāla”指以三十个昼夜为限的时间。显示巴利原文
1110.Paṭihāre ‘‘ḍa-gā’’iti khyāte. Mukhe bhattādīnaṃ pavesanaṭṭhāne. Pete paralokaṃ gate. Aparaṇṇaṃ muggādi. Kālo tiṃsarattidivaparicchinno.
1111 “Dosa”指过失、忿怒。“Ghāta”指杀害。“Migādi”指四足兽类。“Chagala”指山羊。“Arūpa”指触等无色者。“Avhaya”即名号。“Daratha”指身心所生的热恼。“Bhīti”指恐惧。显示巴利原文
1111.Dose kodhe. Ghāte māraṇe. Migādo catuppade. Chagale aje. Arūpe phassādike. Avhaye saññāyaṃ. Darathe kāyacittasambhūte santāpe. Bhīti bhayaṃ.
1112 『负担』,指蕴的负担等。『苏阇』一词,既指木匙、汤匙,也指因陀罗之妻、帝释之妃。『虚空』,指天空。显示巴利原文
1112.Bhāre khandhabhārādike. Sujāsaddo dabbiyaṃ kaṭacchuyaṃ, indajāyāyaṃ sakkassa bhariyāyañca. Vihāyase ākāse.
1113 『宝珠』,指大水瓶。『宝石』,指石的变体,也是宝石的通称。『山』,指檀香山。『园』,指花圃等园。显示巴利原文
1113.Maṇike mahati udakabhājane. Ratane asmavikāre ratanasāmaññe. Selo candanapabbato. Ārāme pupphārāmādiārāme.
“摩罗耶”,指地区、山间与山岳之间,也指被称为摩罗耶之处。这是沃巴利陀所说。『印记』,指标志。显示巴利原文
‘‘Malayo dese selaṅgapabbatantare, malayātivutāyañcā’’ti vopālito. Aṅko cihanaṃ.
1114 “酥油”,指熟酥,亦指其他当献供之物与供品。显示巴利原文
1114.Sappimhi ghate, tadaññe hotabbe ca havi.
“于隐秘处、于思虑中,独处亦指水槽”,此为沃巴利陀所说。显示巴利原文
‘‘Rahasi ca vicāre ca, viveko jaladoṇiya’’nti vopālito.
1115 “水流”,指水之流动。显示巴利原文
1115.Pavāhe jalappavāhe.
‘速度’指迅疾、水流,亦指大黑果。此为沃巴利陀所说。‘荒地’指微细之颗粒。‘微少’指极少。显示巴利原文
‘‘Vego jave pavāhe ca, mahākālaphalepi ce’’ti vopālito. Khile aṇukhāṇumhi. Kaṇe appe.
1116 ‘眼端’指眼角。‘彩画’指额点。显示巴利原文
1116.Nettante cakkhukoṇe. Cittake tilake.
‘外眼角’亦用于肢体残缺者、眼端及额点。此为沃巴利陀所说。‘珠串’指以线串连的珍珠。‘执取’即执,于其中。‘花蕾’指未绽放者。‘味’指咸味。显示巴利原文
‘‘Apāṅgaṃ aṅgahīne ca, nettante tilakepi ce’’ti vopālito. Muttāguṇe suttabandhamuttāyaṃ. Gahaṇaṃ gāho, tasmiṃ. Makuḷe apupphite. Rase loṇarase.
1117 『无价』与『无山』,此二词用于山与树。『极微』,指极微少,即更微少之义。于决定中,如“唯弯曲”等。于供养中,即于崇敬。显示巴利原文
1117. Ago, nago cāti dve abhidhānāni selarukkhesu vattanti. Svappe suṭṭhu appe, appataretyattho. Avadhāraṇe ‘‘namanamatta’’ntyādīsu. Accane pūjāyaṃ.
1118 『孔』,指过失。『下降』,指于渡口等之处下降。『祖父』,指父之父。显示巴利原文
1118.Chidde dose. Otaraṇaṃ jalatitthādīsu avataraṇaṃ. Ayyake pitupitari.
1119 『树』,指剑叶树。『狗』,指犬。『香』,指持久之香。显示巴利原文
1119.Rukkhe khaggaphale. Sune sunakhe. Gandhe adhivāsanagandhe.
1120 “koṇe”:于角落,于马中。“savane”:于耳,于听闻。“pantiyaṃ”:于行列,于街道。“bhāgyaṃ”:福份,即福德。“ekadeso”:一部分,如三分之一等。“ajapālake”:于牧羊人,于莲池。“kuṭṭhaṃ”指疾病与芳香等,如沃帕利陀所述。显示巴利原文
1120.Koṇe asse. Savane sote. Pantiyaṃ vīthiyaṃ. Bhāgyaṃ puññaṃ. Ekadeso tatiyabhāgādi. Ajapālake pokkhare. ‘‘Kuṭṭhaṃ roge sugandhe cā’’ti vopālito.
1121 “senāsane”:于卧坐具,如精舍等。“sene”:于军队,或于座位等。“cundabhaṇḍamhi”:于珠宝器具,即珠宝的资具。“Bhamo”指水流出、货物,以及名为珠宝的工艺品等,如《多义摄》中沃帕利陀所述。“aṃsu”一词指布匹等的毛,也指手、光线等。于不变词中,指方式等。显示巴利原文
1121.Senāsane vihārādike. Sene pīṭhādike. Cundabhaṇḍamhi cundānaṃ upakaraṇe. ‘‘Bhamo’mbuniggame bhaṇḍi, cundākhye sippiyantake’’ti nānatthasaṅgahe vopālito. Aṃsusaddo vatthādīnaṃ lome, kare kiraṇamatte ca. Abyaye pakārādike.
1122 在零食中,指形状如猪粪的谷物制品。在方向中,指敌人。丈夫即主人。圣者即主宰。显示巴利原文
1122.Khajjantare sūkaravaccasaṇṭhāne dhaññavikāre. Dise ripumhi. Pati dhavo. Ariyo adhipati.
1123 在贪染中,指如黄褐色等的贪染。显示巴利原文
1123.Rāge kasāyādike rāge.
“Raṅgo”一词,可指布施、打谷场、贪染,以及木工中的粉笔与锡等,正如沃帕利陀所述。在饮品等中,指所喜爱之物。在喜爱中,指饮用之行为。诚如沃帕利陀所说:“‘Rakkhaṇe pītiyaṃ pānaṃ’”。在债务与举起之中,意为提取。在门槛之中,即指门坎。又因“eḷaka”一词也适用于山羊,故说“eḷako”即山羊。显示巴利原文
‘‘Raṅgo dāne khale rāge, tacche raṅgaṃ tipumhi ce’’ti vopālito. Peyye udakādike. Pītiyaṃ pivanakriyāyaṃ. ‘‘Rakkhaṇe pītiyaṃ pāna’’nti vopālito. Iṇe, ukkhepane ca uddhāro. Ummāre dvārummāre. Eḷakasaddassa ajassāpi vācakattā ‘‘eḷako aje’’ti vuttaṃ.
1124 “打击”(pahāro)即击打、捶打。又因“于此处打击”(paharati ettha)而名为打击,亦指夜分、年岁。指水壶时,即名为“kayā”之物。指阿罗迦量器时,其容量为四帕他。指谷壳时,意指米糠。显示巴利原文
1124. Paharaṇaṃ pahāro, pothanaṃ. Paharati etthāti pahāro, yāmo, hāyano saṃvaccharo. Kuṇḍikāyaṃ ‘‘kayā’’iti khyātāyaṃ. Āḷhake catupatthappamāṇe. Bhusamhi taṇḍulattace.
1125 “坑”中,指井。“积聚”中,指群集。“彼坑”,于原因,以及于秘密中,为近因。显示巴利原文
1125.Āvāṭe kūpe. Caye samūhe ca. Kāsu sā, kāraṇe, rahasi ca upanisā.
“于有中为近因,于法,于终际亦为秘密”,此沃帕利陀之说。于破布,即名为“pho-khā”者。于功德之反面,即过失中。显示巴利原文
‘‘Bhave upanisā dhamme, vedantepi rahasyampī’’ti vopālito. Poṭagale ‘‘pho-khā’’iti khyāte. Guṇetare avajje.
1126 于“适合”义,如“裁决诉讼”等。于“望楼”义,如“与城门楼相连”等。于“苦恼”义,如“作苦恼声”等。aṭṭa 为诉讼,aṭṭa 为超越、伤害等,此即词根之义。于“林中”,指森林。于“出生”,指产生,亦指空中行走。显示巴利原文
1126.Yutte ‘‘aṭṭaṃ vinicchinātī’’tyādīsu. Aṭṭāle ‘‘gopuraṭṭehi saṃyutta’’miccādīsu. Aṭṭite ‘‘aṭṭassaraṃkarotī’’tyādīsu. Aṭṭa abhiyoge, aṭṭa atikkamahiṃsāsūti dhātvattho. Kānane vane. Uppattiyaṃ janane, vihāyasāgamane ca.
1127 指低劣,即卑下。于蕴中,指色等。根本,即是本金。赠品,即是礼物。在状态中,及布匹的边缘,指穗须。杀害,即是死亡。显示巴利原文
1127.Lāmake nihīne. Khandhe rūpādike. Mūlaṃ mūladhanaṃ. Upadā paheṇakaṃ. Avatthāyaṃ, paṭassa ante ca dasā. Ghāto māraṇaṃ.
1128 “子宫”一词,亦指傲慢。结合,即是黏合。堆,即是积聚;在这些义项中,为“ghaṭa”一词。在敬献中,指供养。在系缚中,如“城墙之堆砌”等。显示巴利原文
1128.Gabbe māne. Ghaṭanaṃ silesakaraṇaṃ. Rāsi puñjo, etesu ghaṭasaddo. Abhihāre pūjāyaṃ. Bandhane ‘‘pākāracayo’’tyādīsu.
1129 指少量,即微小。于布施与损失中,为“舍弃”。颈与喉,此二词用于指债务。亦有异读作“Iṇe gīvā galepi ca”(债务中亦用颈与喉)。于喉中,指颈。显示巴利原文
1129.Thoke appake. Dāne, hāniyañca cāgo. Gīvā, galo cāti dve abhidhānāni iṇe siyuṃ. ‘‘Iṇe gīvā galepi cā’’tipi pāṭho. Gale kaṇṭhe.
1130 1130. Daṇḍepi sāhasaṃ(Daṇḍa亦指暴力)。Paṭe vatthavisese bhaṅgaṃ(Paṭa指布等特殊衣料)。Sāṇādike missitvā katañhi vatthaṃ ‘‘bhaṅga’’nti vuttaṃ(将麻等混合制成的衣称为“bhaṅga”)。Chavake kaḷevare(Chavaka指身体)。显示巴利原文
1130. Daṇḍepi sāhasaṃ. Paṭe vatthavisese bhaṅgaṃ. Sāṇādike missitvā katañhi vatthaṃ ‘‘bhaṅga’’nti vuttaṃ. Chavake kaḷevare.
1131 Anaṅga 指魔罗。Duma 指树,Karahāṭaka 指剑果树。显示巴利原文
1131.Anaṅge māre. Dume karahāṭake.
注释师说:“Madana 指魔罗、贪欲者,Vasanta 指树,Sitthaka 指剑果树。” Pamātar 指母亲,Mātumātar 亦指母亲。Veṭha 与 Uṇhīsa 指头巾或头饰。显示巴利原文
‘‘Madano māradhuttara-vasantadumasitthake’’ti vopālito. Pamātari mātumātari. Veṭhe uṇhīse ca veṭhanaṃ.
1132 在“taṇḍuleyya”中是指米食,在“tilaphalasāka”中是指芝麻与叶菜。“Ayye”是指女主人,“sāminī”是指女主。“Mutti”是指解脱、释放。显示巴利原文
1132.Taṇḍuleyye tilaphalasāke. Ayye sāmini. Mutti muccanaṃ.
1133 “Aṅka”在相、特征中使用。“Ākāra”在摇头等动作、行相中使用。“Vappa”在应播种的种子中使用。“Taṭa”与“Vappa”亦用于岸边、城墙根、眼中泪水、热气等处。“Anuññā”与“Vohāra”中,“sammuti”一词用于世俗、约定俗成之语。“Akkhata”一词在指稻谷买卖处时为中性。显示巴利原文
1133.Aṅke lakkhaṇe. Ākāre sīsacalanādike. Vappe vappanīyabīje. Taṭe tīre ca vappo, pākāramūle, nettajale, usume ca vappo. Anuññāyaṃ, vohāre ca sammutisaddo. Akkhatasaddo lājāsu dhaññavikatīsu napuṃsake.
1134 “Yāga”在天神供养中,“Sada”在常施等布施中,而“satraṃ”一词用于此二处。“Sasu”在伤害中,“traṇa”指草,“satraṃ”亦用于真实等义。“Osadhi”一词中是指药草,在“Canda”与“Somo”中则指月亮。显示巴利原文
1134.Yāge devapūjāyaṃ, sadādāne ca satraṃ. Sasu hiṃsāyaṃ, traṇa, satraṃ. Osadhimhi, cande ca somo.
Somo kuvere pitudevatāyaṃ,意为“Soma(月神)、俱毗罗、祖灵”,
Vasuppabhede vasudhākare ca,意为“Vasu(财富之类别)与Vasudhākara(宝藏主、云)”,
Dibbosadhisāmalatāsamīra-,意为“Dibba(天)、Osadhi(药草)、Sāmalatā(青藤)、Samīra(风)”──
「Kappūranīresu ca vānare cā」ti. 其中,Kappūra 指樟脑,Nīra 指水,Vānara 指猴。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Somo kuvere pitudevatāyaṃ, Vasuppabhede vasudhākare ca; Dibbosadhisāmalatāsamīra- Kappūranīresu ca vānare cā’’ti. –
Vopālito. Yugagehaṅgeti pubbāparāyāmavasena thambhānaṃ upari ṭhapite yugabhūte gehāvayave. Dakkhiṇuttarāyāmavasena ṭhapite gehaṅge saṅghāṭo.(注释师说:Yugagehaṅga,指依东西轴向立柱安置在上方的横梁房屋构件。依南北轴向安置的房屋构件则称为Saṅghāṭa)。显示巴利原文
Vopālito . Yugagehaṅgeti pubbāparāyāmavasena thambhānaṃ upari ṭhapite yugabhūte gehāvayave. Dakkhiṇuttarāyāmavasena ṭhapite gehaṅge saṅghāṭo.
Gāthāpādavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.(偈颂注释完毕。)显示巴利原文
Gāthāpādavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.
第四 《不变词品》注释显示巴利原文
4. Abyayavaggavaṇṇanā
1136-1137 ‘cirassa’等四词表‘长时间’义;‘cirāya’与‘cirā’亦同此列。‘saha’等四词表‘一起’义;‘punappunaṃ’等五词表‘反复’义;‘vinā’等五词表‘排除、离开’义。显示巴利原文
1136-1137.Cirassādayo cattāro ciratthakā. Cirāya, cirā cātra. Sahādayopi cattāro sahatthā. Punappunamādayo pañca punappunatthā. Vinādayo pañca vajjanatthā.
1138 ‘balavaṃ’、‘suṭṭhu’、‘atīva’、‘kimuta’、‘su’、‘ati’此六词表‘超越、极度’之义。‘suṭṭhu’亦用于‘赞叹’义。‘kimuta’亦用于‘疑问’义。‘āho’、‘kiṃ’、‘kimu’、‘udāhu’、‘kimuta’、‘uda’此六词表‘选择、思择’之义。其中,‘āho’有长音等形式。据Bhāguri说:‘diṭṭho āho udāhu ca, vikappatthe vibhāvane’(‘āho’与‘udāhu’用于阐明选择义)。例如:‘khāṇurayamāho puriso’(此为树桩,抑或是人?)。而Rudda则说短音等形式:‘issarepyadhikepi ca, vikappevimhayepyaho’(‘aho’亦用于主宰、增上、选择、惊奇义)。‘kimu’为短音。例如:‘kimāyaṃ khāṇu, kimu puriso’(此为树桩,抑或是人?)。‘uda’有短音等形式。显示巴利原文
1138. Balavaṃ suṭṭhu atīva kimuta su ati ete cha atisayatthe. Pasaṃsāyañca suṭṭhu. Pañhepi kimuta. Āho kiṃ kimu udāhu kimuta uda ete cha vikappe vitakke. Tatra āhosaddo dīghādi. ‘‘Diṭṭho āho udāhu ca, vikappatthe vibhāvane’’ti hi bhāguri. Khāṇurayamāho puriso. Ruddo tu rassādimāha ‘‘issarepyadhikepi ca, vikappevimhayepyaho’’ti. Kimusaddo rassanto. Kimāyaṃ khāṇu, kimu puriso. Udasaddo rassādi. Dhūmoyamoda kāpotaṃ, samūhatthe ṇo. Kiñcasaddopi vikappe. Kimutasaddo atisayeti vutto.
1139 ‘bho’、‘are’、‘ambho’、‘hambho’、‘re’、‘je’、‘aṅga’、‘āvuso’、‘he’、‘hare’此十词表‘呼唤’义。‘haṃ’、‘ho’等词亦属此列。‘kathaṃ’、‘kiṃsu’、‘nanu’、‘kacci’、‘nu’、‘kiṃ’此六词义同,表‘询问’义。显示巴利原文
1139. Bho are ambho hambho re je aṅga āvuso he hare ete dasa avhāne. Haṃ hosaddāpyatra. Kathaṃ kiṃsu nanu kacci nu kiṃ ete cha samā samānatthā.
1140 1140. ‘adhunā’、‘etarahi’、‘idāni’、‘sampati’四词表‘现在’之义;‘aññadatthu’、‘taggha’、‘sasakkaṃ’、‘addhā’、‘kāmaṃ’、‘jātu’、‘ve’、‘have’八词表‘决定、确实’之义。显示巴利原文
1140. Adhunā, etarahi, idāni, sampati cāti cattāro idānītyatthe. Aññadatthu taggha sasakkaṃ addhā kāmaṃ jātu ve have ete aṭṭha ekaṃse ekaṃsatthe.
1141 1141. ‘yāvatā’等七词为表‘限定’之语。其中,‘yāvatā’、‘yāva’二词表‘不定限定’;‘tāvatā’、‘tāva’、‘ettāvatā’表‘确定限定’;‘kittāvatā’、‘kīva’表‘询问限定’。显示巴利原文
1141.Yāvatādayo satta paricchedavācakā. Tatra yāvatā, yāvāti dve aniyamaparicchedatthavācakā. Tāvatā, tāva, ettāvatāti niyamaparicchedatthavācakā. Kittāvatā, kīveti paricchedapucchanatthavācakā.
1142-1143 1142-1143. ‘yathā’、‘tathā’、‘yatheva’、‘evaṃ’、‘yathānāma’、‘yathāhi’、‘seyyathāpi’、‘evamevaṃ’、‘vā’、‘tatheva’、‘yathāpi’、‘evampi’、‘seyyathāpi nāma’、‘yathariva’、‘yathā ca’、‘viya’、‘tathariva’──此十七词表‘相似、类似’之义。显示巴利原文
1142-1143. Yathā tathā yatheva evaṃ yathānāma yathāhi seyyathāpi evamevaṃ vā tatheva yathāpi evampi seyyathāpi nāma yathariva yathā ca viya tathariva iccete sattarasa paṭibhāgatthe sadisatthe bhavanti.
1144 1144. ‘saṃ’、‘sāmaṃ’、‘sayaṃ’这三个词,用于表达‘自己、亲自’的意义。‘āma’、‘sāhu’、‘lahu’、‘opāyikaṃ’、‘patirūpaṃ’、‘sādhu’、‘evaṃ’这七个词,用于表达‘同意、接受’的意义。此外,‘āmantā’也属于此列。显示巴利原文
1144. Saṃ, sāmaṃ, sayañceti tayo sayamiccatthe. Āma sāhu lahu opāyikaṃ patirūpaṃ sādhu evaṃ ete satta sampaṭicchanatthe. Āmantāpyatra.
1145 1145. ‘yam’等六个词,用于表‘原因’义。‘cana’词与‘ci’词这两个词,用于表‘不完全、非全部’义,例如‘kadācanaṃ’、‘kadāci’等用法。‘mudhā’词用于表‘无果、无结果’义,即‘无益’的意思。而‘mudhā’也表示‘无根’的意义。显示巴利原文
1145.Yamādayo cha kāraṇatthesiyuṃ. Canasaddo, cisaddo cāti dve asākalye asakalatthe. Kadācanaṃ, kadācītyādi payogo. Mudhāsaddo nipphale phalarahite, nippayojanetyattho. Amūlepi ca mudhā.
1146 1146. ‘jātu’词也表示‘决定、必定’的意义。‘sabbato’、‘samantato’、‘parito’、‘samantā’这四个词意义相同,表示‘从各方面、周围’之义。显示巴利原文
1146.Jātusaddo ekaṃsepi. Sabbato, samantato, parito, samantā cāti cattāro tulyatthā.
1147 na、a、no、mā、alaṃ、nahi 这六个词表否定义。ce、sace、yadi 这三个词表“如果”义。saddhaṃ 一词表“随顺”义。nattaṃ、doso、ca、rajanīyaṃ 表“可爱、可染”义。divā 一词表“白天”义。显示巴利原文
1147. Na a no mā alaṃ nahi iccete cha nisedhe. Ce, sace, yadīti tayo yadyatthe. Saddhaṃsaddo anukūlatthe. Nattaṃ doso ca rajanīyamiccatthe. Divāsaddo ahe ahanītyatthe.
1148 īsaṃ、kiñci、manaṃ 等词表“少量”义。atakkite、avitakkite 表“未加思考”义。balakkāre 则表“粗暴”义。aggato、purato 和 pure 表“在前”义。pecca 和 amutra 等词表“他生”义。显示巴利原文
1148. Īsaṃ , kiñci, manaṃ iccete appatthe. Atakkite avitakkite. Balakkāre tu sāhasaṃ. Aggato, purato ca pureiccatthe. Pecca amutrasaddā bhavantare.
1149 aho、ca、hi 等词表“惊叹”义。aho 也表“分别”义。hi 也表“欢喜”义。tuṇhī 一词表“沉默”“不语”义。āvi、pātu 表“明显”义。sajju、sapadi 等词表“刹那”义。显示巴利原文
1149. Aho ca hi cāti ete vimhaye. Vikappepi aho. Sammodepi hi. Tuṇhīsaddo mone abhāsane. Āvi, pātu ca pākaṭatthe. Sajju sapadisaddā taṅkhaṇetyatthe.
1150 Sudaṃ、kho、assu、yagghe、ve、hā等以ha开头的词,用作填充词。Antarena、antarā、anto等词表示“内部”之义。Avassaṃ、nūna则用于“决定”之义。显示巴利原文
1150. Sudaṃ kho assu yagghe ve hādayo hakārādayo ca padapūraṇe siyuṃ. Antarena, antarā, anto cāti ete abbhantareiccatthe. Avassaṃ, nūna ca nicchayatthe.
1151 Saṃ词与diṭṭhā词用于“喜悦”之义,如samupajo、saṃpyatra等。Kāmappavedane(表达愿望)用于希求的陈述中,例如“kacci jīvati te mātā”(你的母亲还活着吗?)、“mamedamabhimataṃ”(这是我中意的)等句,表示“此为我所愿”之义。Usūyopagame指带有嫉妒的接近。显示巴利原文
1151.Saṃsaddo diṭṭhāsaddo ānandatthe. Samupajo, saṃpyatra. Kāmappavedane icchāya akkhāne kacci jīvati te mātā , mamedamabhimatamiccatthe. Usūyopagame usūyāpubbake upagame.
“Kāmānumatiyā kāmo”意指“在随顺欲乐中,kāmo一词”。显示巴利原文
‘‘Kāmānumatiyaṃ kāmo,
“Usūyopagamepi ca”意为“以及在嫉妒伴随之中”,此为 Rudda 之说。显示巴利原文
Usūyopagamepi cā’’ti ruddo.
此义亦见于“对伴随嫉妒的认可”之中。显示巴利原文
Usūyopagamānuññāṇepicāyaṃ attho dissate.
1152-1153 1152-1153. Yathāttaṃ 表示“真实”。所谓 yathātathaṃ(如实),即是不超越真实,此为一不变复合词。此处的 tatha 一词,是“真实”的同义词。Sadā 与 sanaṃ 两词,皆用于“恒常”之义;sana 一词亦同。Pāyo(大多)与 bāhulyaṃ(多数)意义相同。Pañcakaṃ 表示“外部”。Saṇikaṃ 一词表示“非迅速、缓慢”。显示巴利原文
1152-1153.Yathāttanti saccaṃ. Tathassa anatikkamo yathātathaṃ, yathātthe abyayībhāvo. Tathasaddoyaṃ bhūtapariyāyo. Sadāsaddo, sanaṃsaddo cāti nicce. Sanasaddopyatra. Pāyo, bāhulyañca samā. Pañcakaṃ bāhye. Saṇikaṃsaddo asīghe.
1154 Sammā(正)与 suṭṭhu(善)是两个同义的表达。显示巴利原文
1154. Sammā, suṭṭhūti dve abhidhānāni.
1155 Sāyaṃ、sāye 用于表示“傍晚”。Atrāha 即 imasmiṃ ahani(在这一天),也就是 ajja(今天)一词。显示巴利原文
1155.Sāyaṃ sāye sāyanhe. Atrāheti imasmiṃ ahani ajjasaddo.
1156 Yattha 等三个词表示“不确定的地点”等义。Tattha 等词则表示“确定的地点”等义。显示巴利原文
1156.Yatthādayo tayo aniyamaṭṭhānādivācakā. Tatthādayo niyamaṭṭhānādivācakā.
1157 Sammukhā(面前)、āvi(显露)、pātu(明显)三词同义。显示巴利原文
1157. Sammukhā, āvi, pātu ca samānatthā.
1158 Appeva等三词表示疑惑。Iti、itthaṃ、evaṃ等词用于举例说明。Kathañci一词表示困难。显示巴利原文
1158.Appevādayo tayo saṃsayatthamhi. Iti itthaṃ evaṃsaddā nidassane vattanti. Kathañcisaddo kicchatthe.
1159 Khedo指疲倦、困乏。Sacchi一词表示现量、亲证。Dhuvaṃ表示坚固及决定。Tiro与tiriyaṃ等词同义。Duṭṭhu、ku等词表示轻蔑、卑劣。显示巴利原文
1159.Khedo khinnatā. Paccakkhe sacchisaddo. Thire, avadhāraṇe ca dhuvaṃ. Tiro tiriyaṃsaddā samā. Duṭṭhukusaddā kucchāyaṃ.
1160 Suvatthi 表示祝福、吉祥之义。Dhi 一词表示谴责。Kuhiñcana 等七个词用于询问地点等。显示巴利原文
1160. Āsiṭṭhatthamhi suvatthi. Dhisaddo nindāyaṃ. Kuhiñcanādayo satta ṭhānādipucchanatthā.
1161 Iha、idha、atra、ettha、attha 这些词表示处所等义。Sabbatrādi 二词用于一切时间等。Kadā 用于询问“在何时”。Kudācanaṃ 用于询问“在某个时候”。显示巴利原文
1161. Iha idha atra ettha attha ete okāsatthādivācakā. Sabbasmiṃ kālādike sabbatrādidvayaṃ. Kismiṃ kāle kadā. Kasmiṃ kāle kudācanaṃ.
1162-1163 在说明了与带格尾的名词、名词词干、音声、动词形式相似的“不变词”之后,为说明它们在其他情形下的不变词状态,故说“ādikamme”等。其中,与带格尾的名词相似的,例如“cirassaṃ, ciraṃ, cireni”等。与名词词干相似的,例如“āma, sāhu, lahu, opāyika”等。与音声相似的,例如“a”等。与动词形式相似的,例如“atthi”等。显示巴利原文
1162-1163. Vibhatyantanāmasarākhyātapatirūpake abyaye dassetvā tadaññabhāve abyaye dassetumāha ‘‘ādikamme’’iccādi. Tatra vibhatyantapatirūpakaṃ yathā – ‘‘cirassaṃ, ciraṃ , cireni’’ccādi. Nāmapatirūpakaṃ yathā – ‘‘āma, sāhu, lahu, opāyika’’miccādi. Sarapatirūpakaṃ yathā – ‘‘a’’iccādi. Ākhyātapatirūpakaṃ yathā – ‘‘atthi’’iccādi.
Sambhavo即pabhavo(起源)。Udiṇṇe指增长、增盛。Tisa指使满足,ti、titti指满足。Niyoge指命令、差遣。Agge指最上、殊胜。Tappare指以此为最要。Saṅge指执着。Pakāre指类似、种类或区分。Antobhāve指置于内部。Viyoge指别离、远行。Avayave指部分、分支。Dhitiyaṃ指精进、努力。以上为动词结合之义或名词结合之义。至于不结合的名词之义,《单字库》中说:“po或用于胜义,pā用于风等,bhave。”显示巴利原文
Sambhavo pabhavo. Udiṇṇe pavuddhe vaḍḍhane. Tisa pīṇane,ti, titti. Niyoge niyojane. Agge uttame. Tappare tappadhāne. Saṅge laggane. Pakāre sadise, bhede vā. Antobhāve pakkhitte. Viyoge pavāse. Avayave padese. Dhitiyaṃ vīriye padhāne. Ete catthā dhātusaṃyogatthā vā nāmasaṃyogatthā vā bhavanti. Asaṃyogassa pana nāmapadassa attho ‘‘po siyā paramatthasmiṃ, pātu vātesu pā bhave’’ti ekakkharakose vutto.
1164 Vikkamo指精进、努力。显示巴利原文
1164.Vikkamo padhānaṃ.
1165-1167 Sanyāse指舍弃、放下。Mokkho指涅槃。Rāsi指堆、聚。Gehe指家、住处。Ādeso指告知、宣说。Upamāya指譬喻、相似。Accayo指超越、过失。Sāmīpye指邻近。Uparati指止息、寂静。Nīharaṇaṃ指取出、除去。Āvaraṇaṃ指障碍、盖。显示巴利原文
1165-1167.Sanyāse nikkhitte. Mokkho nibbānaṃ. Rāsi nikaro. Gehe nilaye. Ādeso ācikkhanaṃ. Upamāya sannibhe. Accayo atikkamo. Sāmīpye samīpabhāve . Uparati upasamo. Nīharaṇaṃ apanayanaṃ. Āvaraṇaṃ nīvaraṇaṃ .
1168 Uddhakamme 指园苑;Viyoge 指被驱离;Atthalābho 指生起、获得;Pabalatte 指强大、极厚重;Dakkhaggatāsu 指在善巧的状态及在殊胜的状态中;Sattiyaṃ 指能力,mokkhe 指解脱、涅槃。显示巴利原文
1168.Uddhakamme uyyāne. Viyoge uppāsite. Atthalābho uppatti. Pabalatte mahābahalatte. Dakkhaggatāsūti dakkhabhāve, aggabhāve ca. Sattiyaṃ, mokkhe nibbāne ca.
1169 Du 用于表示无、缺乏,如 dussīlo(恶戒者)、duppañño(劣慧者);用于表示不成功,如 dubbhikkhaṃ(饥馑)。Anandanaṃ 即 amodanaṃ(不欢喜)。显示巴利原文
1169. Du ca abhāve dussīlo, duppañño. Asamiddhiyaṃ dubbhikkhaṃ. Anandanaṃ amodanaṃ.
1170 Samantattasamiddhīsu 指在周遍的状态及在成就中;Saṅgate 指结合、和合;Vidhāne 指作法、造作;Pabhavo 即 sambhavo(起源);Punappunakriyā 指反复造作。显示巴利原文
1170.Samantattasamiddhīsūti samantabhāve, samiddhiyañca. Saṅgate sahite. Vidhāne karaṇe. Pabhavo sambhavo. Punappunakriyā punappunakaraṇaṃ.
1171-1172 Atisayo 表示增上、殊胜。Bhusattho 即周遍之义(samantattho),由此应知 bhusa 一词亦用作周遍的同义语。Issariyo 指自在、主权。Accaye 指超越、过失。Kalahe 指争斗、纷争。Bhāse 指言说、谈论,亦有读作“bhāsāya”的文本。Kucchane 指轻蔑。Anabhimukhatthe 义为不面向,即背离(vimukho)。Moho 指迷惑、犹豫。Padhāne 指殊胜、卓越。Dakkhatā 指善巧。Khede 指疲倦、劳苦。显示巴利原文
1171-1172.Atisayo atra adhimattaṃ. Bhusattho samantattho, tena samanta pariyāyopi bhusasaddo atthīti veditabbo. Issariyo pabhūti. Accaye atikkame. Kalahe viggahe. Bhāse kathane, ‘‘bhāsāyā’’tipi pāṭho. Kucchane kucchāyaṃ. Anabhimukhatthe vimukho. Moho vimati. Padhāne visiṭṭhe. Dakkhatā chekatā. Khede parissame.
1173 表知道、理解。表下方、头朝下。表不确定、未决断。表轻蔑、被轻视。处所、遍满与损减,此为并列复合词。表言语行为、说话行为。表偷盗、窃取。表无知及获得等。显示巴利原文
1173.Jānane avagate. Adhobhāge avaṃsire. Anicchaye aniṇṇaye. Paribhave avaññāte. Deso ca byāpanañca hāni cāti dvando. Vacokriyāya vacanakriyāyaṃ. Theyye coriye. Aññāṇe ca pattiādike ca.
1174 表后时之义,如“anucaro”(随从)。表强烈之义,如“anuggato”(随入)。表相似之义,如“anurūpo”(适合)。表随顺之义,如“anveti”(跟随)。表低劣之义,如“anu sāriputtaṃ paññavanto”(智慧次于舍利弗者)。表第三格之义,如“nadimanvavasitā bārāṇasī”(波罗奈城沿河而住)。anu 可表处所、特征、遍取、如是状态、部分等义。表特征,如“rukkha'manu vijjotate cando”(月光照耀于树旁)。表遍取,如“rukkhaṃ rukkhamanu tiṭṭhati”(他站在每一棵树旁)。表如是状态,如“sādhu devadatto mātara'manu”(提婆达多善待母亲)。表部分,如“yadettha maṃ anu siyā”(此处若有我的一份)。显示巴利原文
1174. Pacchātthe anucaro. Bhusatthe anuggato. Sadise anurūpo. Anuvattiyaṃ anveti. Hīne anu sāriputtaṃ paññavanto. Tatiyatthe nadimanvavasitā bārāṇasī. Dese, lakkhaṇe, vicchāyaṃ, itthambhūte, bhāgādike ca anu. Lakkhaṇe rukkha’manu vijjotate cando. Vicchāyaṃ rukkhaṃ rukkhamanu tiṭṭhati. Itthambhūte sādhu devadatto mātara’manu. Bhāge yadettha maṃ anu siyā.
1175 表拥抱:parissajati。表呵责:paribhāsetvā。表穿着:vatthaṃ paridahitvā。表轻蔑:paribhavo。表容器、食物、忧愁、遍满。表真实、自性。表相状等,即相状、遍取、如是状态、部分。显示巴利原文
1175. Āliṅgane parissajati. Dosakkhāne paribhāsetvā. Nivāsane vatthaṃ paridahitvā. Avañño paribhavo. Ādhāre bhojane soke byāpane. Tatve sabhāve. Lakkhaṇādo lakkhaṇavicchāitthambhūtabhāge.
1176 表殊胜:abhidhammo。表向上作业、适宜、增长、供养、增上。表家族:abhijano。表非真实及相状等四种义。显示巴利原文
1176. Visiṭṭhe abhidhammo. Uddhakamme sāruppe vuddhiyaṃ pūjāyaṃ adhike. Kule abhijano. Asacce lakkhaṇādimhi catubbidhe .
1177 表增上、自在、讽诵、发音、决意、到达、决定、上方部分等、承事、恭敬、差别,有adhi。显示巴利原文
1177. Adhike issare pāṭhe uccāraṇe, adhiṭṭhāne pāpuṇane nicchaye uparibhāgādike bhaṭane bhattiyaṃ visesane ca adhi.
1178-1179 ‘vāmādāne’等读法中,‘vāme’意为左、逆,‘ādāne’意为执取。‘paccassosi’用于言语回应。‘buddhasmā pati’表示代表、相当于主体之义,如‘从佛陀’。用于阻碍、回转之义。‘paṭiccā’一词表示缘起。以及特征等四种义。显示巴利原文
1178-1179.Vāmādāne iti pāṭhe vāme paṭilome, ādāne gahaṇe. Vācādāne paccassosi. Paṭinidhimhi mukhyasadise buddhasmā pati. Paṭibādhe nivattane. Paṭiccatthe ‘‘paṭiccā’’ti padassa atthe. Lakkhaṇādike catubbidhe.
1180-1181 ‘ā’用于附近、开始作业、边界、上方作业、愿望、系缚,以及‘abhi’前缀之义。亦用于困难、少许、回转、不净信、希求、忆念、语句随念等义。在安立及惊奇等中,也如此随念而用‘ā’。显示巴利原文
1180-1181. Samīpe ādikammani mariyāde uddhakammani icchāyaṃ bandhane abhividhimhi ca ā. Kicche īsatthe nivattiyañca appasāde āsīsane saraṇe vākyasaraṇe ā evaṃ anussaraṃ. Patiṭṭhāyaṃ, vimhayādīsu ca ā.
1182 表示已存在的状态,即过去时。显示巴利原文
1182.Bhūtabhāve atīto.
1183 在可能、推测之义中,如“api dibbesu kāmesu, ratiṃ so nādhigacchati”(他即使在诸天欲乐中,亦不获喜)。推测,是就增上之义而言,除其能力外,别无阻碍。在覆盖之义中,则是“apidhānaṃ”(覆盖)。显示巴利原文
1183.Sambhāvane api dibbesu kāmesu, ratiṃ so nādhigacchati . Sambhāvanamadhikatthavacanena aññatra sattiyā avighāto. Saṃvaraṇe apidhānaṃ.
1184-1185 离去,即是“apeto”(已离)。在生起、合宜中,是“upekkhā”(舍)。在过量中,如“upakhāriyaṃ doṇo”(一斗近于半箩)。在前加行之业中,如“buddhopakkamaṃ kilesacchedo”(佛之加行,断烦恼)。在可执取相中,是“paccupaṭṭhāna”(现前)。在上方、处于上方中,是“upapanno”(已得)。在断食中,是“upavāso”(斋戒)。显示巴利原文
1184-1185.Apagato apeto. Upapattiyaṃ yuttiyaṃ upekkhā. Ādhikye upakhāriyaṃ doṇo. Pubbakammani buddhopakkamaṃ kilesacchedo. Gayhākāre paccupaṭṭhānaṃ. Uparitte uparibhāve upapanno. Anasane upavāso.
1186 在教导中,例如:“evaṃ te abhikkamitabbaṃ, evaṃ te paṭikkamitabbaṃ”(你应如此前进,你应如此后退)。在言语接受中,例如:“evaṃ hotu”(如是,愿如是)。在“此”义中,是“idaṃ”一词的意义。显示巴利原文
1186.Upadese evaṃ te abhikkamitabbaṃ, evaṃ te paṭikkamitabbaṃ. Vacanapaṭiggāhe evaṃ hotu. Idamatthe idaṃsaddassa atthe.
1187 合集,唯是合集显示巴利原文
1187.Samuccaye kevalasamuccaye –
Cīvaraṃ piṇḍapātañca, paccayaṃ sayanāsanaṃ; Adāsi ujubhūtesu, vippasannena cetasā .
在复合词中,眼与耳合为‘眼耳’。随增是指:先说主要者,再以非主要者说及其余,例如:‘守护戒,并布施。’又如‘种种沙门与婆罗门’合为‘沙门婆罗门’。其中,纯粹并列与随增不出现于复合词,其余两种则唯在复合词中。显示巴利原文
Samāhāre cakkhu ca sotañca cakkhusotaṃ. Anvācayo ekaṃ padhānabhāvena vatvā itarassa appadhānabhāvena vacanaṃ, tasmiṃ. Sīlaṃ rakkhāhi, dānañca dehi. Itarītare samaṇo ca brāhmaṇo ca samaṇabrāhmaṇā. Tatra kevalasamuccayo ca anvācayo ca samāse natthi, itaradvayaṃ samāseyeva.
1188 1188. ‘种类’指相似,以及区分。‘于词义颠倒中,此称为牛’——这是如此说。于完成中,即令所欲之词得以圆满成就。显示巴利原文
1188.Pakāro tulyo, bhedo ca. Padatthassa vipallāse goti ayamāheti. Samāpane icchitassa padassa pariniṭṭhāpane.
1189 1189. ‘诗句’一词用于表示‘住’的意义。或于限定性选择中,后面的词与前面的词形式不同。前缀vi-、ava-加ṭhā,表示返回、停止,词干为to,ṭhā的t变为th,且与不同形式者成对。‘限定性选择’即被限定、有规定的选择。‘必定’:前缀ava加saja,用于释放、拥抱、制造等义。显示巴利原文
1189. Pajjaṃ vāsaddassatthe. Vavatthitavibhāsāyaṃ vā paro asarūpā. Viavapubbo ṭhā gatinivattiyaṃ, to, ṭhātissa tho, asarūpadvittañca. Vavatthitā niyamitā vibhāsā vavatthitavibhāsā. Avassaggeti avapubbo saja vissajjanāliṅgananimmānesu.
1190 ‘于庄严’即装饰。‘于遮止’即阻止。‘掌握’即遍学之义,‘足够’亦用于适宜之义。atha与atho二词用于无间等四种义。显示巴利原文
1190.Bhūsane alaṅkāre. Vāraṇe nivāraṇe. Pariyatti pariyāpuṇanatā, yuttatthepi alaṃ. Atho athasaddā anantarādīsu catūsu atthesu siyuṃ.
1191 ‘于赞叹等三种义’。‘于承认’即认可。以‘等’字,nama一词用于阐明、可能、愤怒等义。‘决定’即是其义。显示巴利原文
1191. Pasaṃsādīsu tīsu. Svīkāre paṭiññāṇe. Ādinā pakāsatthasambhābyākodhādike catthe nāmasaddo. Avadhāraṇamevattho.
1192 ‘允许’意为同意。‘相续’意为随顺。‘呼唤’意为唤醒。vata一词用于决定、悲悯、同情、喜悦、欢笑、疲惫、辛劳、呼唤、惊奇、稀有等义。显示巴利原文
1192.Anuññā anumati. Santānaṃ anunayo. Ālapanaṃ sambodhanaṃ. Vatasaddo ekaṃse dayāyaṃ karuṇāyaṃ hāse pahāse khede parissame ālapane vimhaye acchariye ca siyā.
1193 1193. “用于句首”,如“来吧,我当说”。“用于沮丧”,即疲惫。“yāva”与“tāva”二词用于“全部、无余”义。“yāvadatthaṃ”,即“tāva gahitaṃ”。“用于量”,即尺度。依Bhāguri所说,“yāva”表示“量、界限、决定”义。“用于界限”,即被限定。显示巴利原文
1193.Vākyārambhe ‘‘handa vadāmi te’’ti. Visāde khede. Yāva tāva tūti yāvatāvasaddā sākalye niravasese. Yāvadatthaṃ tāva gahitaṃ. Māne pamāṇe. ‘‘Yāva pamāṇamariyādā-vadhāraṇatthakaṃ mata’’miti bhāguri. Avadhimhi paricchinne.
1194 1194. puratthā一词用于东方、所欲义、将说者、最上,亦用于第一、初始义。“用于相续”,即语句的构造、语句的相续,用于古旧等义。“用于久远”,即过去已发生。“用于近处”,即邻近。“用于未来”,即未至。显示巴利原文
1194.Puratthāsaddo pāciyaṃ disāyaṃ iccatthe, puratthe vakkhamāne, aggato samuddhe iccatthe ca paṭhamepi ādimhi vattati. Pabandhe vākyaracanāyaṃ vākyapabandhe purāṇādike. Cirantare atītabhūte. Nikaṭe sannihite. Āgāmike anāgate.
1195 1195. khalu一词用于遮止、语句的庄严、语句的美化、决定、如是义,亦用于成就。abhito一词用于附近、面前、两侧、所欲义,亦以“等”字用于迅速、全部之义。“附近”,如“河在附近”。“面前”,如“就在面前,诸子”。“两侧所欲义”,如“道路的两侧”。“迅速”,如“迅速学习后”。“全部”,如“整片森林被烧”。显示巴利原文
1195.Khalusaddo nisedhe vākyālaṅkāre vākyabhūsāyaṃ avadhāraṇe evatthe, pasiddhiyañca vattati. Abhitosaddo āsanne abhimukhe ubhayato iccatthe , ādinā sīghe, sākalye ca atthe vattati. Āsanne abhitoyaṃ nadī. Abhimukhe abhitova tātā. Ubhayatoiccatthe abhito maggassa. Sīghe abhito adhīyitvā. Sākalye abhito vanaṃ daḍḍhaṃ.
1196 1196. yadyapi 一词用于摄受与呵责之义。于决定义中,则表示不虚妄。atho pana 一词用于特别之义,也可用作填充词。显示巴利原文
1196.Yadyapisaddatthe anuggahaṇagarahatthe. Ekaṃsatthe avitathatthe. Atho panasaddo visesasmiṃ atthe, padapūraṇatthe ca siyā.
1197 1197. hi 一词用于原因等四种意义。而 tu 一词在那四种意义中,除去原因,用于其余三种意义。ku 一词用于罪恶、少许、贬低及厌恶之义。显示巴利原文
1197.Hisaddo kāraṇādīsu catūsu atthesu vattati. Tusaddo pana tattha catūsu atthesu majjhe hetuvajje tike atthe vattati. Kusaddo pāpe īsatthe kucchane jigucchāyañca.
1198 1198. nu 词用于疑惑与询问。nānā 词用于多种义与排除。kiṃ 词用于询问与厌恶,是不变词,亦有三性;但于限定中唯三性。vāri 表示水。muddhani 表示头。kaṃ 亦表示乐。此亦于《多义摄》中说:——显示巴利原文
1198. Nukāro saṃsaye, pañhe ca. Nānāsaddo anekatthe, vajjane ca. Kiṃsaddo pucchāyaṃ, jigucchāyañca, abyayo. Tiliṅgo ca, niyame tu tiliṅgova. Vārimhi udake. Muddhani sīse ca, kaṃ sukhepi, vuttañca nānatthasaṅgahe –
‘ko’用于梵天、自我、青黑等,亦用于同义及一切代名词;
亦用于火、孔雀、乐、头、水中之‘ka’。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ko brahmattānīlakkesu, samāne sabbanāmike; Pāvake ca mayūre ca, sukhasīsajalesu ka’’nti.
1199 amā字用于同处、邻近之义,如amāvāsī(同住者)、amāgato(近至者)。puna字用于分别、殊胜,如apaṭhame puna dadāti(于非第一者再施)。kira字用于传闻、次第听闻及不悦。uda字用于连接义、询问、抉择及他义之抉择。显示巴利原文
1199.Amāsaddo sahatthe, samīpatthe ca, amāvāsī, amāgato ca. Punasaddo bhede visese. Apaṭhame puna dadāti. Kirasaddo anussave anukkamena savane, aruciyañca. Udasaddo apyatthe pañhe. Vikappane atthantarassa vikappane ca.
1200 pacchā 音表西方、最后及未来时。sāmi 音表一半、部分、厌恶、诽谤;其中,一半、部分义说为 sāmi,厌恶义亦然。pātu 表显现、应显明者、存在、生起。mitho 音表相互义及秘密义。显示巴利原文
1200.Pacchāsaddo patīciyaṃ disāyaṃ. Carime anāgate kāle. Sāmisaddo tu addhe bhāge, jigucchane nindāyañca. Addhe bhāge sāmi vuttaṃ, jigucchanepi tadeva. Pātu pakāse pakāsanīye, sambhave uppattiyañca. Mithosaddo aññoññeiccatthe, rahoiccatthe ca.
1201 hā 音表疲惫、忧伤、苦。ahaha 音表疲惫、惊奇、稀有。dhi 音表伤害、诽谤。tiriyaṃ 与 tirosaddā 表遮蔽。如 tiriyaṃ katvā kaṇḍaṅgato(横置后入箭),或 tirokatvā(遮蔽后)。显示巴利原文
1201.Hāsaddo khede, soke, dukkhe ca. Ahahasaddo khede, vimhaye abbhute ca. Dhisaddo hiṃsāpane, nindāyañca. Tiriyaṃ tirosaddā pidhāne vattanti. Tiriyaṃ katvā kaṇḍaṅgato, tirokatvā vā.
1202-1203 前已略示部分常见常用的、称介词与助词的、表有数及无数义的不变词,今为以简略方式显示其余,故说“tuni”等。此处,以 tun 等声结尾、以 jj 等声结尾者,即被视为有其语尾;并非这些词单独具足不变词性。其义为:以 tuna 为语尾者,以 tvāna、tave、tvā、tuṃ、dhā、so、thā、kkhattuṃ、to、tha、tra、hiñcanaṃ、hiṃ、haṃ、dhi、ha、yakārato hiṃdha、dhunā、rahi、dāni、kiṃsmā、vo、dācanaṃ、dājjathaṃ、thattaṃ、jjha、ajju 为语尾者,以及不变复合词,及 tun 等替代结尾者,皆称不变词。用例如:kātuna、katvāna、kātave、katvā、kātuṃ、sabbadhā、sabbaso、sabbathā、catukkhattuṃ、sabbato、sabbattha、sabbatra、kuhiñcanaṃ、kuhiṃ、kuhaṃ、sabbadhi、iha、yahiṃ。显示巴利原文
1202-1203. Saṅkhyātāsaṅkhyātatthānaṃ upasagganipātasaṅkhyātānaṃ abyayānaṃ pasiddhe pacurappayoge ekacce vā dassetvā tadaññepi saṅkhepanayena dassetumāha ‘‘tuni’’ccādi. Ettha ca tunādisaddehi jjupariyantehi tadantāva gahitā, na hi kevalānaṃ etesaṃ abyayabhāvo sambhavati. Tassattho – tunapaccayanto ca tathā tvāna tave tvā tuṃ dhā so thā kkhattuṃ to tha tra hiñcanaṃ hiṃ haṃ dhi ha yakārato hiṃdha dhunā rahi dāni, kiṃsmā vo dācanaṃ dājjathaṃ thattaṃ jjhajjupaccayanto ca abyayībhāvasamāso ca tunādīnaṃ yādesanto ca abyayaṃ nāma bhaveti. Payogo yathā – ‘‘kātuna, katvāna, kātave, katvā, kātuṃ, sabbadhā, sabbaso, sabbathā, catukkhattuṃ, sabbato, sabbattha, sabbatra, kuhiñcanaṃ, kuhiṃ, kuhaṃ, sabbadhi, iha, yahiṃ, idha, adhunā, etarahi, idāni, kva, kudācanaṃ, kadā, ajja, kathaṃ, aññathattaṃ, ekajjhaṃ, sajju, upanagaraṃ, antopāsādaṃ, abhivandiya’’iccādi. Idaṃ pana sabbesampi abyayānaṃ saṅkhepalakkhaṇaṃ.
于三性、一切格与一切数中皆相同且不变化者,是为不变词。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sadisaṃ tīsu liṅgesu, sabbāsu ca vibhattisu; Vacanesu ca sabbesu, yaṃ na byeti tadabyaya’’nti.
如是,由遍历整个语法大林、如人中狮子般的诗人、具足智慧、拥有四支大军的大臣所造之《阿毗达摩灯论注》中,共品注释,至此圆满。显示巴利原文
Iti sakalabyākaraṇamahāvanāsaṅgañāṇacārinā kavikuñjarakesarinā dhīmatā sirimahācaturaṅgabalena mahāmaccena viracitāyaṃ abhidhānappadīpikāvaṇṇanāyaṃ sāmaññakaṇḍavaṇṇanā samattā.
结语章的解释显示巴利原文
Nigamanavaṇṇanā
1 在《名义明灯》中,通过“天界篇”等语句,将如同顶骨涂油般融为一体的三篇,予以宣说。显示巴利原文
1.‘‘Saggakaṇḍo cā’’tyādinā abhidhānappadīpikāyaṃ kapālatelavaṭṭisadisena kaṇḍattayena samaṅgitā dīpitā.
2 通过“Tidive(于三处)”等托塔偈,宣说了此论的功用。其含义为:凡有人在天界与梵天界、人界、龙界这三处,为令此名为《名义明灯》的辞书,能阐明宣示一切应汇集之义、一切所表之名,而于听闻受持等事善巧精通;此人于大牟尼正自觉者所说的经、律、论之教法中,亦成为通达明智者,由通达故,名为具慧者。显示巴利原文
2.‘‘Tidive’’tyādinā toṭakena tassā payojanaṃ kathitaṃ. Tassattho – yo naro kattubhūto tidive devaloke, brahmaloke ca mahiyaṃ manussaloke, bhujagāvasathe nāgaloke cāti etesu tīsu ṭhānesu sannihitānaṃ sakalatthānaṃ sabbesaṃ abhidheyyānaṃ samavhayassa abhidhānassa dīpaniyaṃ pakāsaniyaṃ iha abhidhānappadīpikāyaṃ savanadhāraṇādinā kusalo cheko hoti, sa naro mahāmunino sammāsambuddhassa vacane suttābhidhammavinayasaṅkhāte vacane paṭu cheko hoti, paṭuttāyeva matimā nāma hotīti.
3-9 3-9. 现在,为表明此论是在何国王的寺院中住锡后写成,而宣说了该国王的名号、功德、住处、事业、寺院的功德与名称等;并为显示作者自己的名号与功德,说了七首偈颂。显示巴利原文
3-9. Idāni yassa rañño vihāre vasitvā ayaṃ gantho viracito, tassa nāmaguṇanivāsakaraṇappakāravihāraguṇanāmādīni dassetvā attano ca nāmaguṇe dassetuṃ satta gāthā vuttā.
其中,第二偈颂名为“蛇行体”。这些偈颂的关联意趣与义理解释如下:名为勇臂的国王建造了它,并以“他将护持”一句作关联。那国王具何功德?他以信等功德为庄严。具足威光,与威光相应。常胜,与克敌制胜相应。如狮子行,犹如狮子般具足勇者功德,且精进不懈。他住在何处?那国王住在楞伽,即常居于此名为楞伽的岛上。他将长久以来分裂为三的僧团,以正理使之和合,作为成就此事之人,犹如恒常照顾自身身体一般,恒时恭敬,以广大资具长期护持这三僧团。显示巴利原文
Tatra dutiyā bhujaṅgappayātaṃ nāma. Tāsaṃ ayaṃ sambandhādhippāyā atthavaṇṇanā – yo parakkamabhujo nāma bhūpālo rājā kāresi, rakkhesīti ca iminā sambandho. Kiṃguṇo so rājā? Guṇabhūsano saddhādiguṇālaṅkāradharo. Tejassī tejoyutto. Jayī arijayena yutto. Kesarivikkamo kesarasīho viya sūraguṇayutto, vīriyavā ca. Sa kattha nivāsī? So rājā laṅkāyamāsi laṅkānāmake dīpe nivāsanasīlo. Ciraṃ cirakālaṃ vibhinnaṃ tidhā vibhinnaṃ nikāyattayasmiṃ nikāyattayaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ sammā nayena hetunā samagge samaggaṃ kāresi, kāritantoyaṃ karotīti kammiko, tathā sadehaṃva attano kāyaṃ iva niccādaro hutvā dīghakālaṃ mahagghehi ca paccayehi taṃ nikāyattayaṃ rakkhesi.
同样地,那位国王——以其信等美名,成为他居住此地的因缘——将原本狭窄、拥挤、没有空间的楞伽岛,以寺院、村落、园林、田地和水池,使楞伽从逼窄中解脱出来。显示巴利原文
Tathā yena raññā yathā kittiyā attano saddhādikittiyā karaṇabhūtāya laṅkā attano nivāsanaṭṭhānabhūtā kammabhūtā sambādhīkatā saṅkaṭīkatā anokāsīkatā, tathā vihārehi gāmehi ārāmehi khettehi vāpīhi ca laṅkā sambādhīkatā.
同样,我承蒙那位国王赐予他人无法共享的、能满足一切愿的摄受,由此达到智者境界,跻身作者之列。在那国王所建造、以殿堂门楼等庄严的,犹如天界篇中天界之分的,具足清凉水池的善妙水居之中——这里映现着世尊所住祇园大寺的影像,被善士赞为善住处,坐落在有病比丘栖居的村落群中,是一处兼具水居与乞食行处的村落群,名为大祇园的寺院。由寂静而行、欲令正法久住的智者,具备殊胜智慧的大目犍连长老——正自觉者的第二上首声闻、具足神通的大目犍连具寿同名长老——安住于此,编纂了这部《名义明灯》。显示巴利原文
Tathā yassa rañño sabbakāmadadaṃ aññehi asādhāraṇaṃ anuggahaṃ patvā pāpuṇanahetu ahaṃ vibudhagocaraṃ paṇḍitavisayaṃ ganthakārattaṃ patto, tena raññā kārite pāsādagopurādivibhūsite, saggakaṇḍe devalokassa kaṇḍasadise, satoyāsayasmiṃ sādusalilāsayasamannāgate, paṭibimbite bhagavato nivāsanaṭṭhānajetavanamahāvihārassa paṭibimbabhūte, sādhusammate sādhuvihāroti sammate, sādhūhi vā sammate sarogāmasamūhamhi salilāsayabhikkhācārayuttagāmasamūhasamannāgate mahājetavanākhyamhi vihāre vasatā nivāsaṃ kubbatā santavuttinā santacārinā saddhammaṭṭhitikāmena dhīmatā atisayañāṇayuttena moggallānena sammāsambuddhassa dutiyaaggasāvakabhūtassa āyasmato iddhimato mahāmoggallānassa nāmadheyyena therena esā abhidhānappadīpikā racitāti.
若某处有过失之量生起
于功德中亦同样深入
犹如水与食之于众生
即使是四足所行经的水,亦仅及于微尘。
为不令见者生畏而宣说之时,
功德与过失恒常得以辨别;
因此,智者啊,愿你们对我生起种种敬意。
那位如狮子般勇猛、如白象王般的人,
曾为铜掌岛上的王中之王,
这位国王降伏了难驯的龙象等众敌,
具足可爱与可畏等功德。
以彼为名、依彼威德而生者,
具足信等诸德、摧破四种骄慢者;
具有龙象威力、极难制伏者,
智慧博大、意志坚定、声誉卓著。
因此,我受到了极大的护念,
以那与众不共的摄受;
我简略地作了此清净释——
令闻者获益、易于理解。
愿国王护佑人民,如护己子,
愿世人亦能行于法;
愿善巧安排的利益皆得成就,
愿天亦适时降雨。
显示巴利原文 Yadyatra dosoṇupamāṇasambhavo, Guṇīsu vīdhimpi tathā vigāhate; Yathā jalaṃ bhojanampi jantuvā, Catuppado vāpyacaro kaṇaṇyapi. Asampavedidassanāya bhāsite, Guṇo ca doso ca sadā vivijjare; Tato budhā me navadhānatā bhavaṃ, Khamantu dosaṃ guṇataṃ nayantu vā. Yo sīhasūro sitakuñjarindo, Rājādhirājā ahu tambadīpe; Dubbāranāgādijito narindo, Sukantabhīmādiguṇopapanno. Tannāmadheyyo tadanubbādajāto, Saddhādiyutto catusetibhindo; Nāgādithāmo atiduppasayho, Uḷārapañño dhitimā yasassī. Tenāhamaccantamanuggahīto, Anaññasādhāraṇasaṅgahena; Saṅkhepatokāsimimaṃ visuddhi- Saṃvaṇṇanaṃ sotuhitaṃ subodhaṃ. Rājā pajaṃ rakkhatu sappajaṃva, Dhammañca lokāpi samācarantu; Pūrentu atthā supakappitā ca, Kālena devopi pavassatūti.